Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

from the time of one's fathers

  • 1 πατρόθεν

    πατρόθεν, Adv., ([etym.] πατήρ)
    A from or after a father, π. ἐκ γενεῆς ὀνομάζων naming him and giving his father's name, Il.10.68, cf. Hdt.3.1, Th.7.69, Pl.Ly. 204e; τὸ μὲν π. ἐκ Διὸς εὔχονται on the father's side, Pi.O.7.23; εἴπερ.. ἔστ' ἐμὸς τὰ π. S.Aj. 547, cf. OC 215 (lyr.); ἐν στήλῃ π. ἀναγραφῆναι to have one's name inscribed on a tablet with the addition of one's father's name, Hdt.6.14, cf. 8.90; γράψαι τοὔνομα π. καὶ φυλῆς καὶ δήμου to write one's name adding that of one's father, tribe, and township, Pl.Lg. 753c, cf. OGI222.44 (Clazomenae, iii B. C.), Milet.3 No.152.93 (ii B. C.), etc.;

    π. καὶ πατρίδος PRev.Laws7.3

     (iii B. C.).
    2 coming from, sent by one's father, ἀνάγκα π., imposed by Zeus, Pi.O.3.28;

    π. ἀλάστωρ A.Ag. 1507

     (lyr.) ; π. εὐκταία φάτις a father's curse, Id.Th. 841 (lyr.).
    3 from the time of one's fathers,

    π. φίλοι τοῦ δήμου IG 22.237.8

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πατρόθεν

  • 2 סרג

    סָרַג(b. h. שָׂרַג; Saf. of אָרַג), Pi. סֵירֵג (to interlace, plait, to strap (in zig-zag); to girth. Kel. XVI, 1 משיְסָרֵג בהוכ׳ from the time he made three meshes of girthing. Tosef. ib. B. Bath.I, 12 סֵירְגֹו במשיחיתוכ׳ if he strapped it (the disjointed frame) with cords Ib. B. Mets.IX, 4 (read:) שהוא מְסָרֵג בו את המטה with which one girths the bedstead. M. Kat. I, 8 ומסָרְגִין את המטות you may girth the bedsteads (during the festive week). Y.Ber.III, beg.5d, a. e. כל שמסרגין עלוכ׳ a bedstead on which the girths are drawn on top is called miṭṭah, when drawn beneath, dargesh; Ned.56b (v. אַבְקָתָא); a. fr.Trnsf. a) to unite, combine. Gen. R. s. 85 (ref. to the chronological disorder in the Book of Daniel, in going from Belshazzar (ch. 5) to Darius (ch. 6), again to the first year of B. (ch. 7), and to the third year of B. (ch. 8) unite כדי לסָרֵג עלוכ׳ in order to combine the entire section as one written in the spirit of holiness; Yalk. ib. 144; Yalk. Dan. 1063 לִסְרֹוג (perh. to be read לסָרֵיג).b) to make a partition by means of net-work, like lattices Tosef.Men. X, 23 ומסרגין שם כנגדוכ׳ and there they fence in an area of about three Sah.Part. pass. מְסֹורָג. Ber.57b, v. next w. 2) to do a thing in a manner in which straps are drawn in bedsteads, i. e. in zig-zag; to skip. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 3 סֵירְגָה להוכ׳ if she skipped four days (beyond the ordinary period of menstruation); Nidd.64a סירגה ליוםוכ׳ if she skipped (from the twenty-first) to the twenty-fourth day. Y.Gitt.VII, 48c bot. ובלבד במְסָרְגִין לו provided they put cross-questions to him alternately (one question to which a positive, and one to which a negative answer are expected, so as to test his sanity).Part. pass. מְסֹורָג; f. מְסֹורֶגֶת; pl. מְסֹורָגִים, מְסֹורָגִין; מְסֹורָגֹות. Mekh. Yithro, Baḥod. s. 6 (read as;) Yalk. Ex. 292 (ref. to Ex. 20:5) בזמן שהן אינן מסורגין או בזמן שהן מס׳ (not מסרגין) are the sins of the fathers visited upon the children when the succession is uninterrupted, or even when interrupted (by a good generation)? Y.Snh.I, 19c bot. מס׳ עלו the differently marked ballots came up alternately. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 13, v. סֵירוּג.Trnsf. a) to write in broken lines (leaving a vacant space in the middle of the line); to spread. Treat. Sofrim I, 11 מְסָרְגֹווכ׳ he spreads the writing so as to make a small column of it.Part. pass. as ab. Ib. 10 רצוף שעשאו מס׳ או מס׳וכ׳ if he wrote in broken lines what is to be written in continuous lines or vice versa; או שעשה המס׳ שלא כהלכתו or if he did the spreading not in accordance with the rule.b) to trace cross-lines on stone, to carve designs. Pesik. ‘Ăniya, p. 137a> מְסָרְגִין בו carving it; Yalk. Is. 339 (omitted in Pesik. R. s. 3 2); v. סָתַת.V. סִירוּג. Hithpa. הִסְתָּרֵג to be provided with girths, be strapped. Ned.56b אי מטה מִסְתָּרֶגֶת על גבה if it be, that miṭṭah is a couch, the straps of which are drawn over the frame

    Jewish literature > סרג

  • 3 סָרַג

    סָרַג(b. h. שָׂרַג; Saf. of אָרַג), Pi. סֵירֵג (to interlace, plait, to strap (in zig-zag); to girth. Kel. XVI, 1 משיְסָרֵג בהוכ׳ from the time he made three meshes of girthing. Tosef. ib. B. Bath.I, 12 סֵירְגֹו במשיחיתוכ׳ if he strapped it (the disjointed frame) with cords Ib. B. Mets.IX, 4 (read:) שהוא מְסָרֵג בו את המטה with which one girths the bedstead. M. Kat. I, 8 ומסָרְגִין את המטות you may girth the bedsteads (during the festive week). Y.Ber.III, beg.5d, a. e. כל שמסרגין עלוכ׳ a bedstead on which the girths are drawn on top is called miṭṭah, when drawn beneath, dargesh; Ned.56b (v. אַבְקָתָא); a. fr.Trnsf. a) to unite, combine. Gen. R. s. 85 (ref. to the chronological disorder in the Book of Daniel, in going from Belshazzar (ch. 5) to Darius (ch. 6), again to the first year of B. (ch. 7), and to the third year of B. (ch. 8) unite כדי לסָרֵג עלוכ׳ in order to combine the entire section as one written in the spirit of holiness; Yalk. ib. 144; Yalk. Dan. 1063 לִסְרֹוג (perh. to be read לסָרֵיג).b) to make a partition by means of net-work, like lattices Tosef.Men. X, 23 ומסרגין שם כנגדוכ׳ and there they fence in an area of about three Sah.Part. pass. מְסֹורָג. Ber.57b, v. next w. 2) to do a thing in a manner in which straps are drawn in bedsteads, i. e. in zig-zag; to skip. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 3 סֵירְגָה להוכ׳ if she skipped four days (beyond the ordinary period of menstruation); Nidd.64a סירגה ליוםוכ׳ if she skipped (from the twenty-first) to the twenty-fourth day. Y.Gitt.VII, 48c bot. ובלבד במְסָרְגִין לו provided they put cross-questions to him alternately (one question to which a positive, and one to which a negative answer are expected, so as to test his sanity).Part. pass. מְסֹורָג; f. מְסֹורֶגֶת; pl. מְסֹורָגִים, מְסֹורָגִין; מְסֹורָגֹות. Mekh. Yithro, Baḥod. s. 6 (read as;) Yalk. Ex. 292 (ref. to Ex. 20:5) בזמן שהן אינן מסורגין או בזמן שהן מס׳ (not מסרגין) are the sins of the fathers visited upon the children when the succession is uninterrupted, or even when interrupted (by a good generation)? Y.Snh.I, 19c bot. מס׳ עלו the differently marked ballots came up alternately. Tosef.Nidd.IX, 13, v. סֵירוּג.Trnsf. a) to write in broken lines (leaving a vacant space in the middle of the line); to spread. Treat. Sofrim I, 11 מְסָרְגֹווכ׳ he spreads the writing so as to make a small column of it.Part. pass. as ab. Ib. 10 רצוף שעשאו מס׳ או מס׳וכ׳ if he wrote in broken lines what is to be written in continuous lines or vice versa; או שעשה המס׳ שלא כהלכתו or if he did the spreading not in accordance with the rule.b) to trace cross-lines on stone, to carve designs. Pesik. ‘Ăniya, p. 137a> מְסָרְגִין בו carving it; Yalk. Is. 339 (omitted in Pesik. R. s. 3 2); v. סָתַת.V. סִירוּג. Hithpa. הִסְתָּרֵג to be provided with girths, be strapped. Ned.56b אי מטה מִסְתָּרֶגֶת על גבה if it be, that miṭṭah is a couch, the straps of which are drawn over the frame

    Jewish literature > סָרַג

  • 4 קריבה

    קְרֵיבָהf. (קָרַב) coming near, use of the root קָרַב. Gen. R. s. 98 (ref. to Gen. 47:29) כל מישנ׳ בו ק׳ למותוכ׳ he of whom the expression ‘come near to die is used, has not reached the age of his fathers; דוד כתיב בו ק׳וכ׳ of David the expression קרב is used (1 Kings 2:1) ; Yalk. Kings 168. Snh.3b (ref. to Ex. 22:7 ונקרב) משעת ק׳ שלשה from the time of the approach (before court) there must be three judges. Gen. R. s. 71 בזה ק׳ ובזה ק׳ coming near is mentioned in connection with the tribe of Judah (Ps. 65:5) and with the priestly tribe (Ex. 28:1). Y.Snh.VII, 25a מכיון דכתיכ ק׳ ק׳וכ׳ since with regard to illicit connections the word קרב is used Sabb.104b מחוסר ק׳, מחוסר מעשה דק׳ it lacks being brought together (joined into one word); a. fr.Y.Hor.II, 46d ק׳ פרישה the root קרכ may also mean separation (coming near ones self, ref. to Is. 65:5).Pl. קְרֵיבוֹת. Pes.118b (ref. to Ps. 68:31); מי גרם … ק׳ שהיו חפצין בהן what caused the dispersion of Israel among the nations? The approaches (to the nations) which they desired; Yalk. Ps. 800 קְרֵבוֹת (or קְרָבוֹת). Y.Ber.IX, 13a top, v. קָרוֹב I.

    Jewish literature > קריבה

  • 5 קְרֵיבָה

    קְרֵיבָהf. (קָרַב) coming near, use of the root קָרַב. Gen. R. s. 98 (ref. to Gen. 47:29) כל מישנ׳ בו ק׳ למותוכ׳ he of whom the expression ‘come near to die is used, has not reached the age of his fathers; דוד כתיב בו ק׳וכ׳ of David the expression קרב is used (1 Kings 2:1) ; Yalk. Kings 168. Snh.3b (ref. to Ex. 22:7 ונקרב) משעת ק׳ שלשה from the time of the approach (before court) there must be three judges. Gen. R. s. 71 בזה ק׳ ובזה ק׳ coming near is mentioned in connection with the tribe of Judah (Ps. 65:5) and with the priestly tribe (Ex. 28:1). Y.Snh.VII, 25a מכיון דכתיכ ק׳ ק׳וכ׳ since with regard to illicit connections the word קרב is used Sabb.104b מחוסר ק׳, מחוסר מעשה דק׳ it lacks being brought together (joined into one word); a. fr.Y.Hor.II, 46d ק׳ פרישה the root קרכ may also mean separation (coming near ones self, ref. to Is. 65:5).Pl. קְרֵיבוֹת. Pes.118b (ref. to Ps. 68:31); מי גרם … ק׳ שהיו חפצין בהן what caused the dispersion of Israel among the nations? The approaches (to the nations) which they desired; Yalk. Ps. 800 קְרֵבוֹת (or קְרָבוֹת). Y.Ber.IX, 13a top, v. קָרוֹב I.

    Jewish literature > קְרֵיבָה

  • 6 vivir

    v.
    1 to live, to live on.
    vivió noventa años she lived for ninety years
    alcanzar o dar para vivir to be enough to live on (sujeto: sueldo, pensión)
    vivir de to live on o off
    vivir para algo/alguien to live for something/somebody
    no dejar vivir a alguien not to give somebody any peace
    ¿quién vive? who goes there?
    vivir para ver who'd have thought it?
    Vivir la vida Enjoy life.
    2 to be alive (estar vivo).
    todavía vive he's still alive
    3 to live through.
    he vivido momentos difíciles I've gone through o had some difficult times
    4 to keep on, to keep all the time.
    Ella vive trabajando She keeps working all the time [keeps on working].
    He keeps working all the time [keeps on working] Él vive trabajando.
    5 to enjoy.
    Vivir la vida Enjoy life.
    * * *
    1 (tener vida) to live; (estar vivo) to be alive
    ■ ¿vive aún? is she still alive?
    2 (habitar) to live
    3 (mantenerse) to live, live on, make a living
    4 figurado (durar) to last, live on
    1 (pasar por, experimentar) to live through, go through, experience
    1 living, life
    \
    hay que seguir viviendo life must go on
    ir viviendo to get by, manage
    no dejar vivir a alguien figurado to give somebody a hard time
    saber vivir to enjoy life
    viven de milagro figurado it's a wonder they're still alive
    vivir a cuerpo de rey figurado to live like a king
    vivir a lo grande familiar to live it up, live in style
    vivir de to live on
    vivir de ilusiones to live in a dream world
    vivir de sus ahorros to live off one's savings
    vivir del aire figurado to live on fresh air
    vivir del cuento familiar not to know what hard work is, never to have earned an honest penny
    ¡viva el rey! long live the king!
    ¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!
    y vivieron felices y comieron perdices and they all lived happily ever after
    vivir para algo to live for something
    ■ vive para la música he lives for music, music is his whole life
    gente de mal vivir shady characters
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=estar vivo) to live

    los elefantes viven muchos años — elephants live long lives, elephants live for many years

    • todavía vive — he's still alive

    2) (=pasar la vida) to live

    solo vive para la música — music is her whole life, she only lives for music

    • vivir bien — to live well

    en este país se vive bien — people live well in this country, people have a good life in this country

    cuerpo 1), Dios 2)
    3) (=disfrutar de la vida)

    • no dejar vivir a algn, su marido no la deja vivir — her husband is always on at her *, her husband doesn't give her a moment's peace

    • saber vivir — to know how to live

    4) (=habitar) to live

    ¿vives sola? — do you live on your own?

    • viven juntos — (como pareja) they live together; (compartiendo casa) they live together, they share a house (together)

    5) (=subsistir)

    la fotografía no me da para vivir — I can't make o earn a living from photography, photography doesn't give me enough to live on

    • vivir de algo — to live on sth

    • vivir al día — to live from day to day

    • vivir de la pluma — to live by one's pen

    • vivir de las rentas — (lit) to have a private income

    aire 1)
    6) (=durar) [recuerdo] to live, live on; [prenda, objeto] to last

    su recuerdo siempre vivirá en nuestra memoria — his memory will always be with us, his memory will live on in our minds

    7) (Mil)

    ¿quién vive? — who goes there?

    ¡viva! — hurray!

    ¡viva el rey! — long live the king!

    ¡vivan los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!

    2. VT
    1) (=experimentar) [+ guerra, periodo difícil] to live through, go through
    2) (=sentir) to experience

    parece que estoy viviendo ese momento otra vez — it's as if I were o was experiencing that moment all over again

    3.
    SM (=forma de vida) (way of) life

    • de mal vivir, una mujer de mal vivir — a loose woman

    * * *
    I
    masculino (way of) life

    de mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose woman; es gente de mal vivir — they are all undesirable characters

    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( estar vivo) to be alive

    ¿quién vive? — (Mil) who goes there?

    2)

    vivir para algo/alguien — to live for something/somebody

    no dejar vivir a alguien: los dolores de cabeza no la dejan vivir the headaches are making her life a misery; este niño no me deja vivir this child doesn't give me a moment's peace; vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!; vive y deja vivir — live and let live

    b) ( gozar de la vida) to live
    3) ( subsistir)
    4) ( residir) to live

    vive solo — he lives alone o on his own

    5) (como interj)
    2.
    vivir vt
    a) ( pasar por)
    b) <personaje/música> to live
    c) < vida> to live
    * * *
    = live, dwell, board.
    Ex. This is a story about a thirteen-year-old boy who lives in New York and is so often the victim of street bullies that he hides in the subway, where he manages to make a home for himself.
    Ex. He will dwell in the church that is built by martyrs fighting for justice, by children starving of hunger, by mothers and fathers walking the streets of misery.
    Ex. When she first arrived she was boarding with friends until she found a place to rent.
    ----
    * alegría de vivir = joie de vivre.
    * aprender a vivir con Algo = learn + to live with + Nombre.
    * arte de vivir, el = art of living, the.
    * cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * continuar viviendo = live on.
    * convivir = coexist [co-exist].
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de mal vivir = disreputable.
    * derecho a vivir = right to live.
    * dicha de vivir = joie de vivre.
    * en un sinvivir = on tenterhooks.
    * estar sin vivir = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * seguir viviendo = live on.
    * sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.
    * vive y deja vivir = live and let live.
    * vivir acomodadamente = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.
    * vivir al margen de = live on + the fringes of.
    * vivir amancebados = live in + sin.
    * vivir asustado = live in + fear.
    * vivir atemorizado = live in + fear.
    * vivir cerca = live + locally.
    * vivir como un rey = live like + a king.
    * vivir con = live with.
    * vivir con la conciencia limpia = live with + a clear conscience.
    * vivir con la conciencia tranquila = live with + a clear conscience.
    * vivir con lo justo = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con lo mínimo = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con lo puesto = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con miedo = live in + fear.
    * vivir de = live off, live on.
    * vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.
    * vivir de las rentas = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir de la tierra = live off + the land.
    * vivir del campo = live off + the land.
    * vivir del cuento = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir de nuevo = relive.
    * vivir de prestado = live on + borrowed time.
    * vivir despreocupadamente = coast along, live without + worries.
    * vivir en = live in.
    * vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.
    * vivir en el umbral de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.
    * vivir en la calle = take to + the road.
    * vivir en la localidad = live + locally.
    * vivir en la miseria = live in + squalor, walk + the streets of misery, live in + penury.
    * vivir en la penuria = live in + penury.
    * vivir en la pobreza = walk + the streets of misery.
    * vivir en las nubes = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en libertad = live in + freedom.
    * vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en paz = live in + peace.
    * vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.
    * vivir feliz = live + happily.
    * vivir felizmente = live + happily.
    * vivir intensamente = live + life to the full.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.
    * vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * vivir peligrosamente = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * vivir pendiendo de un hilo = live on + the line.
    * vivir siempre pendiente de la hora = live by + the clock.
    * vivir sin = live without.
    * vivir sin dar golpe = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir sin preocupaciones = live without + worries.
    * volver a vivir = relive.
    * * *
    I
    masculino (way of) life

    de mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose woman; es gente de mal vivir — they are all undesirable characters

    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( estar vivo) to be alive

    ¿quién vive? — (Mil) who goes there?

    2)

    vivir para algo/alguien — to live for something/somebody

    no dejar vivir a alguien: los dolores de cabeza no la dejan vivir the headaches are making her life a misery; este niño no me deja vivir this child doesn't give me a moment's peace; vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!; vive y deja vivir — live and let live

    b) ( gozar de la vida) to live
    3) ( subsistir)
    4) ( residir) to live

    vive solo — he lives alone o on his own

    5) (como interj)
    2.
    vivir vt
    a) ( pasar por)
    b) <personaje/música> to live
    c) < vida> to live
    * * *
    = live, dwell, board.

    Ex: This is a story about a thirteen-year-old boy who lives in New York and is so often the victim of street bullies that he hides in the subway, where he manages to make a home for himself.

    Ex: He will dwell in the church that is built by martyrs fighting for justice, by children starving of hunger, by mothers and fathers walking the streets of misery.
    Ex: When she first arrived she was boarding with friends until she found a place to rent.
    * alegría de vivir = joie de vivre.
    * aprender a vivir con Algo = learn + to live with + Nombre.
    * arte de vivir, el = art of living, the.
    * cambiar de forma de vivir = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * ciudad donde viven principalmente jubilados = retirement town.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * continuar viviendo = live on.
    * convivir = coexist [co-exist].
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de mal vivir = disreputable.
    * derecho a vivir = right to live.
    * dicha de vivir = joie de vivre.
    * en un sinvivir = on tenterhooks.
    * estar sin vivir = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * seguir viviendo = live on.
    * sólo se vive una vez = you only live once.
    * vive y deja vivir = live and let live.
    * vivir acomodadamente = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.
    * vivir al margen de = live on + the fringes of.
    * vivir amancebados = live in + sin.
    * vivir asustado = live in + fear.
    * vivir atemorizado = live in + fear.
    * vivir cerca = live + locally.
    * vivir como un rey = live like + a king.
    * vivir con = live with.
    * vivir con la conciencia limpia = live with + a clear conscience.
    * vivir con la conciencia tranquila = live with + a clear conscience.
    * vivir con lo justo = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con lo mínimo = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con lo puesto = live on + a shoestring (budget).
    * vivir con miedo = live in + fear.
    * vivir de = live off, live on.
    * vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.
    * vivir de las rentas = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir de la tierra = live off + the land.
    * vivir del campo = live off + the land.
    * vivir del cuento = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir de nuevo = relive.
    * vivir de prestado = live on + borrowed time.
    * vivir despreocupadamente = coast along, live without + worries.
    * vivir en = live in.
    * vivir en (el) pecado = live in + sin.
    * vivir en el umbral de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.
    * vivir en la calle = take to + the road.
    * vivir en la localidad = live + locally.
    * vivir en la miseria = live in + squalor, walk + the streets of misery, live in + penury.
    * vivir en la penuria = live in + penury.
    * vivir en la pobreza = walk + the streets of misery.
    * vivir en las nubes = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en libertad = live in + freedom.
    * vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en paz = live in + peace.
    * vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.
    * vivir feliz = live + happily.
    * vivir felizmente = live + happily.
    * vivir intensamente = live + life to the full.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.
    * vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * vivir peligrosamente = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * vivir pendiendo de un hilo = live on + the line.
    * vivir siempre pendiente de la hora = live by + the clock.
    * vivir sin = live without.
    * vivir sin dar golpe = live off + the fat of the land.
    * vivir sin preocupaciones = live without + worries.
    * volver a vivir = relive.

    * * *
    life, way of life
    de mal vivir: una mujer de mal vivir a loose woman
    se juntó con gente de mal vivir he took up with some lowlife o with some shady characters o with some undesirable characters ( colloq)
    vivir2 [I1 ]
    vi
    A (estar vivo) to be alive
    ¿tu abuelo todavía vive? is your grandfather still alive?
    su recuerdo vivirá siempre entre nosotros his memory will live for ever among us
    ¿quién vive? ( Mil) who goes there?
    B
    1
    (pasar la vida): vive ilusionada pensando que él volverá she spends her life dreaming that he'll come back
    sólo vive para la danza she lives for dancing, dancing is her whole life
    no me deja vivir tranquila or en paz he won't leave me alone o let me be
    ¡vivir para ver! who would believe o credit it!
    vive y deja vivir live and let live
    ¡tú sí que sabes vivir! you certainly know how to live!
    siempre ha cuidado a su padre, realmente no ha vivido she has always looked after her father, she hasn't really had a life of her own
    C
    (subsistir): la pintura no da para vivir you can't make a living from painting
    viven con honradez they make an honest living
    vive por encima de sus posibilidades she is living beyond her means
    con ese sueldo no le llega para vivir that salary isn't enough (for him) to live on, he can't make ends meet on that salary
    vivir DE algo to live ON sth
    no sé de qué viven I don't know what they live on
    vive de las rentas he lives on the income from his property ( o shares etc), he has a private income ( dated)
    viven de la caridad they live on charity
    viven de la pesca they live from o by fishing, they make their living from o by fishing
    no puedes seguir viviendo de ilusiones you can't go on living a dream
    D (residir) to live
    viven en el campo they live in the country
    hace tres años que vive en Rancagua she's lived in Rancagua for three years, she's been living in Rancagua for three years
    vive solo he lives alone o on his own
    ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!
    ¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!
    mañana no habrá clase — ¡viva! there will be no lessons tomorrow — hurray!
    ■ vivir
    vt
    1
    (pasar por): vivimos momentos difíciles we're living in difficult times, these are difficult times we're living in
    los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
    el país ha vivido otra semana de violentos enfrentamientos the country has seen o experienced another week of violent clashes
    2 ‹papel/música› to live
    3 ‹vida› to live
    * * *

     

    vivir ( conjugate vivir) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en general) to live;
    ◊ vive solo he lives alone o on his own;

    vivir para algo/algn to live for sth/sb;
    vivir en paz to live in peace;
    la pintura no da para vivir you can't make a living from painting;
    el sueldo no le alcanza para vivir his salary isn't enough (for him) to live on;
    vivir de algo ‹ de la caridad› to live on sth;

    ‹del arte/de la pesca› to make a living from sth;
    ver tb
    ◊ renta

    2 ( estar vivo) to be alive
    3 ( como interj):
    ◊ ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!;

    ¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!;
    ¡viva! hurray!
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( pasar por):


    los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
    b) ‹personaje/música› to live

    c) ‹ vida› to live

    vivir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (tener vida) to live: vivió ochenta años, she lived to be eighty
    ¡aún vive!, he's still alive!
    2 (estar residiendo) to live: viven en Australia, they live in Australia
    3 (en la memoria) su recuerdo aún vive en nosotros, our memories of him still live on
    4 (subsistir) no es suficiente para vivir, it's not enough to live on
    esa gente vive de la caza, those people live from o by hunting
    5 (convivir) viven juntos desde hace muchos años, they've been living together for years
    II vtr (pasar una experiencia) to live through
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 life, living
    2 (una persona) de mal vivir, loose, disreputable
    ♦ Locuciones: dejar vivir a alguien, (no molestar) vive y deja vivir, live and let live; familiar no vivir alguien, (preocupación, angustia) desde que tiene esa grave enfermedad, sus padres no viven, his parents have been in a state of anxiety since he's had this serious illness; familiar vivir la vida alguien, (libertad, ociosidad) ha acabado la carrera y ahora se dedica a vivir la vida, now he's finished his university studies he's going to enjoy life
    ' vivir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bien
    - compensar
    - cuento
    - esencial
    - hacer
    - invitar
    - lema
    - momento
    - ni
    - obligar
    - pachá
    - pareja
    - parejo
    - poblar
    - renta
    - salto
    - sopa
    - vida
    - barato
    - caridad
    - desahogo
    - holgura
    - incómodo
    - junto
    - justo
    - mujer
    - paz
    - plenitud
    - sí
    - siempre
    English:
    board
    - bread line
    - day
    - drawback
    - dread
    - freewheel
    - hang out
    - inexpensively
    - land
    - leave behind
    - live
    - live in
    - live off
    - live through
    - outskirts
    - previous
    - pros and cons
    - reside
    - rough
    - scrounge
    - shack up
    - simply
    - sponge off
    - sponge on
    - stay
    - stick
    - style
    - beyond
    - boom
    - bread
    - downtown
    - dwell
    - fringe
    - inhabit
    - living
    - lodging
    - man
    - move
    - other
    - sleep
    - subsistence
    - survive
    - will
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [tener vida, existir] to live;
    vivió noventa años she lived for ninety years;
    vivir para algo/alguien to live for sth/sb;
    sólo vive para trabajar/para su hija she only lives for her work/for her daughter;
    ¡esto no es vivir! this is no way to live!, this is no sort of a life!;
    no dejar vivir a alguien not to give sb any peace;
    su recuerdo vivirá eternamente his memory will live forever;
    vivir bien [en armonía] to be happy;
    ¿quién vive? who goes there?;
    vivir para ver who'd have thought it?
    2. [estar vivo] to be alive;
    todavía vive she's still alive or living;
    su padre ya no vive her father is no longer alive
    3. [residir] to live;
    ¿dónde vives? where do you live?;
    vivo con mis padres I live with my parents;
    vivo en un apartamento con más gente I share an apartment or Br a flat;
    en el tercero no vive nadie the third floor is unoccupied;
    vivir solo to live alone o on one's own;
    viven en pareja they live together
    4. [subsistir]
    cada día es o [m5] está más difícil vivir it's harder and harder to get by these days;
    vivir bien [económicamente] to live well;
    alcanzar o [m5] dar para vivir [sueldo, pensión] to be enough to live on;
    con lo que saco de las clases no me alcanza para vivir what I earn from teaching isn't enough for me to live on o isn't enough to make ends meet;
    ¿da para vivir esto de la pintura? can you make a living from painting?;
    vivir de to live on;
    viven de un solo sueldo/de lo que les da el Estado they live off a single income/off the state;
    viven de la agricultura they make their living from farming
    ♦ vt
    1. [experimentar] to experience, to live through;
    vivió la guerra he lived through the war;
    he vivido momentos difíciles I've gone through o had some difficult times;
    se vivieron momentos de tensión en las gradas there were some moments of tension on the terraces
    2. [sentir] to live;
    cuando se pone a bailar se nota que lo vive you can tell she really lives it when she's dancing
    ♦ nm
    es un amante del buen vivir he enjoys the good life
    * * *
    I v/t live through, experience
    II v/i live;
    vivir de algo live on sth;
    no tienen con qué vivir they don’t have enough to live on;
    vivir al día live from day to day;
    irse a vivir a go to live in;
    no dejar vivir a alguien fig not let s.o. breathe;
    ¡vivir para ver! who would have believed it!;
    ¿quién vive? who goes there?;
    ¡viva la república! - ¡viva! long live the republic! - hurrah!
    III m way of life
    * * *
    vivir vi
    1) : to live, to be alive
    2) subsistir: to subsist, to make a living
    3) residir: to reside
    4) : to spend one's life
    vive para trabajar: she lives to work
    5)
    vivir de : to live on
    vivir vt
    1) : to live
    vivir su vida: to live one's life
    2) experimentar: to go through, to experience
    vivir nm
    1) : life, lifestyle
    2)
    de mal vivir : disreputable
    * * *
    vivir vb
    1. (residir) to live
    ¿dónde vives? where do you live?
    2. (tener vida) to be alive
    3. (mantenerse) to live

    Spanish-English dictionary > vivir

  • 7 haber

    m.
    1 assets (bienes).
    2 credit (side).
    v.
    1 to have.
    lo he/había hecho I have/had done it
    los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten
    2 to be, to exist, to be some.
    Hay carros There are cars.
    Hay There are
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    he, has, ha, hemos, habéis, han.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    había, habías, había, habíamos, habíais, habían.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    he (tú), haya (él/Vd.), hayamos (nos.), habed (vos.), hayan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    - hay
    * * *
    1. V AUX
    1) [en tiempos compuestos] to have

    he comido — I have o I've eaten

    había ido al cine — he had gone o he'd gone to the cinema

    ¡haberlo dicho! — you should have said!

    ¡hubieran visto la casa! — esp LAm * you should have seen the house!

    pero, ¿habráse visto (cosa igual)? — well, have you ever seen anything like it?

    de haberlo sabido — if I had known, if I'd known

    2)

    • haber de —

    a) [indicando obligación]

    he de hacerlo — I have to do it, I must do it

    has de saber que... — you should know that...

    ¿qué he de hacer? — what am I to do?

    los has de ver — LAm you'll see them

    b) [indicando suposición]

    ha de llegar hoy — esp LAm he should get here today

    has de estar equivocado — esp LAm you must be mistaken

    2. V IMPERS
    1)

    hay — [con sustantivo en singular] there is; [con sustantivo en plural] there are

    ¿habrá tiempo? — will there be time?

    lo que hay es que... — it's like this..., the thing is...

    hay sol — the sun is shining, it's sunny

    habían muchas personas — LAm there were many people there

    • ¿ cuánto hay de aquí a Cuzco? — how far is it from here to Cuzco?

    • los hay excelentes — some are excellent

    oportunistas los hay en todas partes — you'll find opportunists everywhere, there are always opportunists, wherever you go

    • no hay, no hay nada mejor que... — there's nothing better than...

    no hay más que hablar — there's no more to be said, there's nothing more to say

    ¡aquí no hay quien duerma! — it's impossible to get any sleep round here!

    ¡no hay de qué! — don't mention it!, not at all!

    • ¿ qué hay? — (=¿qué pasa?) what's up?; (=¿qué tal?) how's it going?, how are things?

    ¡qué hubo! — Chile, Méx, Ven * how's it going?, how are things?

    como hay pocos, donde los haya —

    un amigo como hay pocos o donde los haya — a friend in a million

    de lo que no hay —

    ¡eres de lo que no hay! — you're unbelievable!

    si los hay —

    2) (Com)

    "¡mejores no hay!" — "there's none better!"

    ¡hay helado! — [dicho a voces] ice cream!; [en cartel] ice cream sold

    ¿hay puros? — do you have any cigars?

    "no hay entradas o localidades" — "sold out"

    3)

    • hay que, hay que trabajar — one has to work, everyone must work

    hay que trabajar más — [como mandato] you must work harder

    no hay que olvidar que... — we mustn't forget that...

    no hay que tomarlo a mal — there's no reason to take it badly, you mustn't get upset about it

    ¡había que decírselo! — we'll have to tell him!

    ¡había que verlo! — you should have seen it!

    • no hay más que, no hay más que leer las normas — all you have to do is read the rules

    4) [indicando tiempo]

    tres años ha — frm three years ago

    años ha que no les veo — frm, hum I haven't seen them for years

    3. VT
    1) (=ocurrir)

    habidos y por haber —

    2) (=tener)

    Pepe, que Dios haya en su gloria — Pepe, God rest his soul

    bien haya... — (Rel) blessed be...

    3) liter (=obtener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo auxiliar
    1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

    no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

    como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

    ¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

    de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

    2)
    a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    haber de + inf — to have to + inf

    ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

    ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

    c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!

    2.
    haber v impers
    1) (existir, estar, darse)

    hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

    ¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

    hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

    gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

    hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

    es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

    ¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

    habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

    haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

    muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago

    3.
    haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

    los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)

    II
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)
    b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

    tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

    c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

    los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

    * * *
    = be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.
    Ex. This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.
    Ex. Such records come in a variety of physical forms.
    Ex. There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.
    Ex. Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.
    Ex. Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.
    Ex. This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.
    ----
    * deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.
    * debería haber = there + ought to be.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * haber decidido = be intent on.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * haberes = assets, holdings.
    * haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.
    * haber existencias = be in stock.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * haber llegado = be upon us.
    * haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.
    * haber nacido en = be a native of.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * haber quórum = be quorate.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haberse propuesto = be intent on.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.
    * haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.
    * hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.
    * no haber = be unavailable.
    * no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.
    * no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber manera de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.
    * no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.
    * no haber problemas = be fine.
    * no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.
    * no habiendo = in the absence of.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * sin haber contacto = non-contact.
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo auxiliar
    1) ( en tiempos compuestos) to have

    no han/habían llegado — they haven't/hadn't arrived

    como se haya olvidado lo mato — if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!

    ¿se habrán perdido? — do you think they've o they might have got lost?

    de haberlo sabido — had I known, if I'd known

    2)
    a) (frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    haber de + inf — to have to + inf

    ha de ser firmado por ambas partes — it has to o must be signed by both parties

    ha de llegar un día en que... — the day will come when...

    c) (expresando probabilidad, certeza)

    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? - no lo he de saber! — but do you know what you're saying? - of course I do!

    2.
    haber v impers
    1) (existir, estar, darse)

    hay una carta/varias cartas para ti — there's a letter/there are several letters for you

    ¿qué tomarán de postre? - ¿hay helado? — what would you like for dessert? - do you have any ice cream?

    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay hasta Sevilla? — how many kilometers are there o is it to Seville?

    hay quien piensa que... — there are those who feel that...

    gracias - no hay de qué — thank you - don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome

    hola ¿qué hay/hay de nuevo? — (fam) hello, how are things/what's new?

    es un poco largo - ¿qué hay? — (CS fam) it's rather long - so what?

    ¿qué hubo? — (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?

    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? — what happened with Jorge and Ana?

    habérselas con alguien: tendrá que habérselas conmigo he'll have me to deal with; habido y por haber: todos los trucos habidos y por haber — every trick in the book (colloq)

    haber que + inf: hay que estudiar you/we/they must study; hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it; hay que decir algo something has to be said; había que verlo! you should have seen him!; no hay más que apretarlo all you have to do is press it; no hay que darle muy fuerte — ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to hit it too hard; ( no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard

    muchos años/mucho tiempo ha — many years/a long time ago

    3.
    haber vt habido -da participio pasado (frml) ( tenido)

    los hijos habidos en el/fuera del matrimonio — children born in/out of wedlock (frml)

    II
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)
    b) ( en contabilidad) credit side

    tener algo en su haber — (period) to have something to one's credit

    c) haberes masculino plural (frml) (emolumentos, paga) income, earnings (pl)

    los haberes que se le adeudan — moneys o monies owed to you (frml)

    * * *
    = be available, come in, there + be, there + have + been, be in place, accounts receivable.

    Ex: This emphasis upon 'the work' reflects the packaging of text, information, music, graphics, and so on, and indicates to the subsequent user what packages are available for use or consultation.

    Ex: Such records come in a variety of physical forms.
    Ex: There are a relatively large number of documents under each heading.
    Ex: Mr. Kilgour's publications are truly too voluminous to list; over a period of four decades, there have been few years in which he has not published.
    Ex: Modular courses are already in place from which a student can pick and mix.
    Ex: This software includes separate programs for general ledger: accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and inventory.
    * deber haber ocurrido antes = be long overdue.
    * debería haber = there + ought to be.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en + Posesivo + haber = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * en su haber = on the credit side.
    * haber algo raro con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber algo sospechoso con = there + be + something fishy going on with.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * haber decidido = be intent on.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber dinero de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber división de opiniones = be split on, opinion + be divided.
    * haber división de opiniones entre los críticos = critics + be divided.
    * haberes = assets, holdings.
    * haber escasez de = be in short supply, be at a premium.
    * haber existencias = be in stock.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * haber llegado = be upon us.
    * haber muchísima diferencia = be in a different league.
    * haber nacido en = be a native of.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * haber + que reconocer que = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * haber quórum = be quorate.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haberse propuesto = be intent on.
    * haber sido aceptado = be here to stay, have come + to stay.
    * haber sido comprobado exhaustivamente = be thoroughly tested.
    * haber terminado la jornada laboral = be off duty.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * haber un aire de emoción = there + be + an air of excitement.
    * haber un aire de expectación = there + be + an air of expectation.
    * haber una transacción económica de por medio = money + change hands.
    * haber un viento huracanado = wind + blow great guns.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * ha de ser + Participio = be to be + Participio.
    * he = I've (I have).
    * hubo una época en la que = there was a time when.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * mientras haya existencias = while stocks last, subject to availability.
    * no haber = be unavailable.
    * no haber consecuencias = nothing + come of.
    * no + haber + dos + Nombre que = no two + Nombre.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no haber forma de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber indicios de que = there + be + no indication that.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber manera de = there + be + no way.
    * no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.
    * no haber mucha señal de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no haber palabras para describirlo = beggar + description.
    * no haber pero que valer = not take + no for an answer.
    * no haber prisa = there + be + no hurry.
    * no haber problemas = be fine.
    * no haber señal de que = there + be + no sign of.
    * no habiendo = in the absence of.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * sin haber contacto = non-contact.
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

    * * *
    haber1 [ E17 ]
    A
    (en los tiempos compuestos): no han/habían llegado they haven't/hadn't arrived
    como se haya olvidado lo mato if he's forgotten, I'll kill him!
    cuando/no bien hubo terminado ( liter); when/as soon as she had finished
    ¿se habrán perdido? do you think they've o they might have got lost?
    no habrán tenido tiempo they probably haven't had time
    ¿quién hubiera pensado que llegaría tan lejos? whoever would have thought she'd get so far!
    está arrepentida — ¡(que) lo hubiera pensado antes! she says she's sorry — she should have thought about it before!
    yo también quería ir — ¡haberlo dicho! I wanted to go too — you should have said so!
    de haberlo sabido te habría avisado had I known o if I'd known, I'd have told you
    B
    1 ( frml) (expresando obligación, necesidad) haber DE + INF:
    el contrato ha de ser firmado por ambas partes the contract must be signed by both parties
    hemos de averiguar qué sucedió we have to o must find out what happened
    2 (expresando acción futura) haber DE + INF:
    ha de llegar un día en que … the day will come when …
    3 (expresando probabilidad, certeza) haber DE + INF:
    ha de ser tarde it must be late
    ya lo han de haber recibido they must have received it by now
    pero ¿sabes lo que dices? — ¡no lo he de saber! but do you know what you're saying? — of course I do!
    A
    (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you
    ha habido un cambio/varios cambios en el programa there has been a change/there have been several changes in the program
    había un cliente/tres clientes esperando there was a customer/there were three customers waiting
    ayer hubo un accidente/dos accidentes there was an accident/there were two accidents yesterday
    no quiero que haya discusiones I don't want there to be any arguments
    ¿qué van a tomar de postre? — ¿hay helado? what would you like for dessert? — do you have any ice cream?
    esta vez no hubo suerte, otra vez será we were unlucky o out of luck this time, maybe next time
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hay de Mérida a Sevilla? how many kilometers are there o is it from Mérida to Seville?
    no hay día en que no tengan una discusión not a day goes by without their having an argument
    no hay como un buen descanso cuando uno se siente así there's nothing like a good rest when you're feeling like that
    no hay quien lo aguante he's absolutely unbearable
    hay quien piensa que es un error there are those who feel it's a mistake
    hubo or ( crit) hubieron varios heridos several people were injured
    habíamos sólo tres niñas ( crit); we were the only three girls, there were only three of us girls ( colloq)
    [ S ] hay leche fresca fresh milk sold o on sale here
    las hay rojas y amarillas también there are o you can get red ones and yellow ones too
    dijo que no había problemas pero los hay she said there weren't any problems but there are
    ¡no hay más que hablar! there's nothing more to be said! o that's my last word (on the subject)!
    gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o it's a pleasure o you're welcome
    no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about
    hola ¿qué hay? ( fam); hello, how are things?
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?
    es un poco largo — ¿qué hay? ¡lo acortamos! (CS fam); it's rather long — so what? we'll shorten it
    ¿qué hubo? (Col, Méx fam); how are things?
    ¿qué hubo de lo de Jorge y Ana? what happened with Jorge and Ana?
    donde los/las haya: es listo/sinvergüenza donde los haya he's as clever/rotten as they come
    habérselas con algn/algo: como vuelva por aquí tendrá que habérselas conmigo if he comes around here again he'll have me to deal with
    habido y por haber: se conoce todos los trucos habidos y por haber she knows every trick in the book
    he leído todo lo habido y por haber sobre el tema I've read absolutely everything there is to read on the subject
    ser de lo que no hay ( fam): eres de lo que no hay, nunca más te confío un secreto you're the limit o you're unbelievable! I'm never going to tell you a secret again
    B (ser necesario) haber QUE + INF:
    va a haber que hacerlo it'll have to be done
    hay que ser más optimista you/we/they must be more optimistic
    hubo que tirar la puerta abajo we/they had to break the door down
    me dijo que había que entregarlo el lunes he told me it had to be handed in on Monday
    ¡hay que ver qué genio tiene el mocito! well, well, he has got a temper, hasn't he!
    ¡hay que ver! ¡las cosas que uno tiene que aguantar! honestly! the things one has to put up with!
    ¡había que verlo allí jugando en la nieve! you should have seen him there playing in the snow!
    no hay más que apretar el botón all you have to do is press the button
    no hay que darle muy fuerte (no es necesario) you don't need to o you don't have to hit it too hard; (no se debe) you mustn't hit it too hard
    C ( liter)
    (en expresiones de tiempo): muchos años/mucho tiempo ha many years/a long time ago
    años ha que no sé nada de él I haven't heard from him for years
    vt
    habido, -da
    pp ( frml) (tenido): los hijos habidos fuera del matrimonio children born out of wedlock ( frml)
    cuatro hijos habidos de dos padres distintos four children born of two different fathers
    A (bienes) assets (pl)
    varias fincas forman parte de su haber his assets include various properties
    B (en contabilidad) credit side
    tener algo en su haber ( period): tiene en su haber varios premios literarios he has several literary prizes to his credit
    ya tiene cuatro robos en su haber he has already notched up four robberies
    (emolumentos, paga): los haberes que se le adeudan moneys o monies owed to you ( frml)
    los haberes del mes de diciembre income o earnings for the month of December
    * * *

     

    haber 1 ( conjugate haber) v aux ( en tiempos compuestos) to have;

    de haberlo sabido had I known, if I'd known;
    ¡deberías haberlo dicho! you should have said so!
    haber v impers (existir, estar, darse): hay una carta/varias cartas para ti there's a letter/there are several letters for you;
    ¿hay un banco por aquí? is there a bank near here?;
    hubo dos accidentes there were two accidents;
    ¿hay helado? do you have any ice cream?;
    no hay como un buen descanso there's nothing like a good rest;
    hubo varios heridos several people were injured;
    las hay rojas y verdes there are red ones and green ones;
    gracias — no hay de qué thank you — don't mention it o not at all o you're welcome;
    no hay de qué preocuparse there's nothing to worry about;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? (fam) what's new?;
    hola ¿qué hay? (fam) hello, how are things?;
    ¿qué hubo? (Andes, Méx, Ven fam) how are things?
    ( ser necesario) haber que + inf:
    ◊ hay que estudiar you/we/they must study;

    hubo que romperlo we/they had to break it;
    no hay que lavarlo ( no es necesario) you don't need o have to wash it;

    ( no se debe) you mustn't wash it
    haber 2 sustantivo masculino
    a) ( bienes) assets (pl)


    c)

    ◊ haberes sustantivo masculino plural (frml) ( ingresos) income, earnings (pl)

    haber
    I verbo auxiliar
    1 (en tiempos compuestos) to have: espero que no lo haya hecho, I hope he hasn't done it
    lo he comido todo, I've eaten it all
    lo hubiera hecho de todos modos, she would have done it anyway
    II verbo impersonal
    1 (existir, estar, hallarse) hay, there is o are
    había, there was o were: hay poco que decir, there is little to be said
    había muchísima gente en la estación, there were a lot of people in the station
    hay cien metros de mi casa a la estación, it's a hundred metres from my home to the station
    2 (ocurrir, suceder) la guerra que hubo en el 36, the war that took place in 36
    habrá una reunión, there will be a meeting
    hoy hay fiesta en el club náutico, there's a party today in the sailing club
    los robos habidos en este barrio, the robberies which have been committed in this neighbourhood
    III ( haber de + infinitivo) (obligación) to have to: has de ser más estudioso, you must be more studious
    ( haber que + infinitivo) (conveniencia, necesidad u obligación) it is necessary to: habrá que ir, we will have to go
    habría que pintar el salón, we should paint the living room
    hay que hacerlo, you must do it
    IV nm
    1 Fin credit 2 en su haber, in his possession
    figurado in his favour
    V mpl haberes, (bienes) assets
    (salario) wages
    ♦ Locuciones: había una vez..., once upon a time...
    no hay de qué, you're welcome o don't mention it
    Hay que tener mucho cuidado al traducir este verbo, ya que el inglés diferencia entre el singular y el plural: Hay un hombre fuera. There is a man outside. Hay dos hombres fuera. There are two men outside. Había un gato en el tejado. There was a cat on the roof. Había muchos libros. There were a lot of books.
    ' haber' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abundar
    - apencar
    - comprobante
    - contrapartida
    - deber
    - dolo
    - estrechamiento
    - ir
    - gravedad
    - llevarse
    - localmente
    - parecer
    - perdón
    - pesar
    - ropa
    - satisfacción
    - sobrar
    - tirada
    - acusar
    - altura
    - con
    - encantado
    - existir
    - faltar
    - habrá
    - hay
    - he
    - hube
    - lo
    - los
    - poder
    - quedar
    - seguir
    English:
    awfully
    - be
    - catch
    - credit side
    - deny
    - doghouse
    - earth
    - have
    - hotly
    - life
    - limit
    - party
    - point-blank
    - recollect
    - regret
    - remember
    - save
    - still
    - thank
    - there
    - through
    - wish
    - achievement
    - anticipate
    - apologize
    - but
    - could
    - expect
    - further
    - likely
    - mean
    - mercy
    - might
    - must
    - name
    - otherwise
    - ought
    - over
    - report
    - should
    - sorry
    - suggest
    - will
    * * *
    ♦ v aux
    1. [en tiempos compuestos] to have;
    lo he/había hecho I have/had done it;
    los niños ya han comido the children have already eaten;
    no he estado en la India I haven't been to India;
    en el estreno ha habido mucha gente there were a lot of people at the première
    2. [expresa reproche]
    haber venido antes you could have come a bit earlier;
    ¡haberlo dicho! why didn't you say so?;
    haberme escuchado I told you (so), you should have listened to me;
    de haberlo sabido… if only I'd known…
    3. [expresa obligación]
    haber de hacer algo to have to do sth;
    has de estudiar más you have to study more;
    he de llamarle I ought to call him;
    ha de llegar un día en el que todo se arregle there's bound to come a time when everything gets sorted out;
    siempre has de ser tú el que se queje you always have to be the one to complain
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [existir, estar]
    hay there is/are;
    hay un regalo para ti there's a present for you;
    hay dos árboles en la plaza there are two trees on the square;
    hay mucha gente en la calle there are a lot of people in the street;
    había/hubo muchos problemas there were a lot of problems;
    no hubo tal penalty it wasn't a penalty;
    habrá dos mil [expresa futuro] there will be two thousand;
    [expresa hipótesis] there must be two thousand;
    los hay de distintas tallas they come in different sizes;
    ¿cuánto hay de aquí a Santiago? how far is it from here to Santiago?;
    hay quien opina que… there are those who think that…;
    es un caballero como hay pocos he's that rare thing, a real gentleman;
    es un artista donde los haya he's as good an artist as you'll find;
    algo habrá cuando todo el mundo habla de ello if everyone's talking about it there must be something in it;
    (todo) lo habido y por haber everything under the sun;
    gracias – no hay de qué thank you – don't mention it;
    no hay día (en) que no haya algún accidente a day doesn't go by without there being some kind of accident;
    no hay más que apretar el botón simply press the button;
    no hay nada como una buena comida there's nothing like a good meal;
    no hay nadie como ella there's no one like her;
    no hay quien lo entienda there's no understanding him;
    no hay más que hablar there is no more to be said;
    ¡hay que ver! well I never!;
    no hay más que ver lo feliz que está you just have to see how happy she is;
    ¡eres de lo que no hay! you're unbelievable!
    2. [expresa obligación]
    hay que hacer más ejercicio one o you should do more exercise;
    hay que comer para vivir we must eat in order to live;
    hay que esforzarse más, Luis you need to try harder, Luis;
    no hay que apretar tanto there's no need to press so hard;
    creo que había que contárselo I think we ought to tell him;
    ¡aquello había que verlo! you should have seen it!;
    habrá que soportar su mal humor we'll have to put up with his bad mood
    3. Fam [en preguntas]
    ¿qué hay? [saludo] how are you doing?;
    CSur [¿qué importa?] so (what)?, big deal!;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?;
    CSur
    está lloviendo -- ¿y qué hay?, estamos en auto it's raining -- so what? we're in the car;
    CAm, Col, Méx, Ven
    ¿qué hubo? [saludo] how are you doing?
    4. Literario [hacer]
    tres meses ha que marchó it is three months since she left
    ♦ vt
    Formal [tener]
    el abuelo, que Dios haya en su gloria,… grandfather, God rest his soul,…;
    los hijos habidos en el matrimonio the children from the marriage
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 en tiempos compuestos have;
    hemos llegado we’ve arrived;
    lo he oído I’ve heard it;
    ¿la ha visto? has he seen her?
    :
    he de levantarme pronto I have to o I’ve got to get up early
    3
    :
    de haberlo sabido if I’d known;
    has de ver Méx you have o
    ought to see it;
    habérselas con alguien have it out with s.o.;
    años ha lit years ago
    II v/ impers
    1 ( existir)
    :
    hay there is sg, there are pl ;
    hubo un incendio there was a fire;
    había mucha gente there were a lot of people;
    hoy no hay clase there aren’t any lessons today, school is closed today;
    ya no hay más there’s none left; there are none left;
    no hay como … there’s nothing like …;
    esto es de lo que no hay this is the limit!
    :
    hay que hacerlo it has to be done;
    no hay de qué not at all, don’t mention it;
    no hay más que decir there’s nothing more to be said;
    no hay que pagar para entrar you don’t have to pay to go in;
    no hay que hablar con la boca llena you mustn’t o shouldn’t talk with your mouth full
    3
    :
    ¿qué hay?, Méx
    ¿qué hubo? how’s it going?, what’s happening?;
    es ingenioso donde los haya he’s as ingenious as they come
    III m asset; pago fee;
    tiene en su haber 50.000 pesos she’s 50,000 pesos in credit;
    haberes pl ( bienes) assets; ( sueldo) salary sg
    * * *
    haber {39} v aux
    1) : have, has
    no ha llegado el envío: the shipment hasn't arrived
    2)
    haber de : must
    ha de ser tarde: it must be late
    haber v impers
    1)
    hay : there is, there are
    hay dos mensajes: there are two messages
    ¿qué hay de nuevo?: what's new?
    2)
    hay que : it is necessary
    hay que trabajar más rápido: you have to work faster
    haber nm
    1) : assets pl
    2) : credit, credit side
    3) haberes nmpl
    : salary, income, remuneration
    * * *
    haber vb
    1. (verbo auxiliar) to have
    ¿has comido? have you eaten?
    2. (existir, tener lugar) there is / there are
    ¿qué hay? how are things?

    Spanish-English dictionary > haber

  • 8 meilleur

    meilleur, e [mεjœʀ]
    1. adjective
       a. (comparatif de bon) better
    • il est meilleur que moi ( = plus doué) he's better than I am (en at ) ; ( = plus charitable) he's a better person than I am
       b. (superlatif de bon) le meilleur, la meilleure the best
    2. adverb
    3. masculine noun, feminine noun
    ( = personne) le meilleur
    4. masculine noun
    ( = partie, chose) le meilleur the best
    • et le meilleur dans tout ça, c'est qu'il avait raison ! and the best bit about it all was that he was right!
    5. feminine noun
    meilleure (inf) ça, c'est la meilleure ! that's the best one yet!
    • tu connais la meilleure ? il n'est même pas venu ! haven't you heard the best bit though? he didn't even come!
    * * *

    1.
    meilleure mɛjœʀ adjectif
    1) ( comparatif) better ( que than)
    2) ( superlatif) best

    au meilleur prix — [acheter] at the lowest price; [vendre] at the highest price


    2.
    nom masculin, féminin

    le meilleur, la meilleure — the best one


    3.
    adverbe better

    4.
    nom masculin

    mange donc la croûte, c'est le meilleur! — eat the crust, it's the best bit!

    et le meilleur c'est que...! — and the best bit of it is that...!

    * * *
    mɛjœʀ meilleur, -e
    1. adj

    Ce serait meilleur avec du fromage râpé. — It would be better with grated cheese.

    Il paraît que le film est meilleur que le livre. — The film is supposed to be better than the book.

    La bière est meilleur marché en France. — Beer is cheaper in France.

    2. adv
    [sentir] better

    Il fait meilleur. — The weather's better.

    J'espère qu'il fera meilleur demain. — I hope the weather will be better tomorrow.

    3. nm

    Je préfère garder le meilleur pour la fin. — I like to keep the best for last.

    4. nf

    C'est elle qui est la meilleure en sport. — She's the best at sport.

    ça, c'est la meilleure! (indignation) — that's a bit rich!, (surprise) that's the best yet!

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( comparatif) better (que than); cette radio a un son épouvantable, tu devrais en acheter une meilleure the sound on this radio is very bad, you should buy a better one; en attendant des jours meilleurs hoping for better days; il n'y a pas (de) meilleur berger dans toute la région there's no better shepherd in the entire region; jamais il n'avait mangé (de) meilleure choucroute he'd never eaten better sauerkraut;
    2 ( superlatif) best; le meilleur des deux the better of the two; c'est le meilleur de l'équipe he's the best in the team; il se fournit chez les meilleurs grossistes he buys from the best wholesalers; ce sont les meilleurs amis du monde they're the best of friends; ta plaisanterie n'était pas du meilleur goût your joke wasn't in the best of taste; c'est le meilleur des pères he's the best of fathers; c'est sur terre battue qu'il est le meilleur [joueur de tennis] he's at his best on clay; tu ne manges pas la croûte? c'est pourtant ce qu'il y a de meilleur! aren't you going to eat the crust? but it's the best bit!; aubergiste! du vin et du meilleur! innkeeper! some wine, and make it your best!; un petit chapeau du meilleur effet a very stylish little hat; leur disque a reçu le meilleur accueil their record was very well received; au meilleur prix [acheter] at the lowest price; [vendre] at the highest price.
    B nm,f le meilleur, la meilleure the best one; ce sont toujours les meilleurs qui s'en vont it's always the best ones who go first; que le meilleur gagne may the best man win.
    C adv better; ça sent meilleur maintenant it smells better now; il fait meilleur aujourd'hui qu'hier the weather is better today than it was yesterday.
    D nm mange donc la croûte, c'est le meilleur! eat the crust, it's the best bit!; donner le meilleur de soi-même to give of one's best; pour le meilleur et pour le pire for better or for worse; il passe le meilleur de son temps à des niaiseries he spends the best part of his time fooling around; garder le meilleur pour la fin to keep the best bit until the end; prendre le meilleur sur qn to get the better of sb; et le meilleur c'est que la dépanneuse est tombée en panne aussi! and the best bit of it is that the tow truck broke down as well!
    E meilleure nf tu connais la meilleure? have you heard the best one yet?; ça c'est la meilleure! that's the best one yet!; j'en passe et des meilleures! that's the least of it, I could go on!
    tout est pour le mieux dans le meilleur des mondes all is for the best in the best of all possible worlds.
    ( féminin meilleure) [mɛjɶr] adjectif
    il n'y a rien de meilleur, il n'y a pas meilleur there's nothing to beat it, there's nothing better
    a. [de tous] the best
    b. [de deux] the better
    b. [en fin de lettre] best wishes from Cannes
    ————————
    , meilleure [mɛjɶr] nom masculin, nom féminin
    ————————
    nom masculin
    mange-le, c'est le meilleur eat it, it's the best part
    il a donné ou il y a mis le meilleur de lui-même he gave his all, he gave of his best
    et le meilleur de l'histoire, c'est que c'est lui qui m'avait invité and the best part of it is that he's the one who'd invited me
    ————————
    adverbe
    ————————
    meilleure nom féminin
    (familier) [histoire]
    j'en passe, et des meilleures and I could go on

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > meilleur

  • 9 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    ① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    ② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    ⓒ in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    ③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    ④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    ⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    ⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    ⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    ⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    ⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    ⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    ⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 10 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 11 condición

    f.
    1 condition, shape.
    2 situation, state.
    3 condition, requisite, necessity, essential.
    * * *
    1 (naturaleza) nature, condition
    2 (carácter) nature, character
    3 (circunstancia) circumstance, condition
    4 (estado social) status, position
    5 (calidad) capacity
    6 (exigencia) condition
    1 (estado) condition sing, state sing
    2 (aptitud) aptitude sing, talent sing
    \
    a condición de que... provided (that)...
    con la condición de que... on the condition that...
    en estas condiciones under these circumstances
    estar en condiciones de hacer algo (físicas) to be fit to do something 2 (posición, autoridad) to be in a position to do something
    estar en malas condiciones (gen) to be in a bad state, be in bad condition 2 (comida) to be off
    poner en condiciones to get ready
    condiciones de pago conditions of payment
    condiciones de trabajo working conditions
    persona de condición high-class person
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=requisito) condition

    las condiciones del contrato — the terms o conditions of the contract

    • a condición de que..., con la condición de que... — on condition that...

    • condición previa — precondition

    • entregarse o rendirse sin condiciones — to surrender unconditionally

    • condición sine qua non — essential condition, sine qua non

    condiciones de pago — terms of payment, payment terms

    condiciones de venta — terms of sale, conditions of sale

    condiciones económicas — [de contrato] financial terms; [de profesional] fees

    pliego
    a) (=situación) conditions

    si se dan las condiciones adecuadas, ganaremos las elecciones — if the conditions are right, we will win the election

    • estar en (buenas) condiciones — [lugar, máquina] to be in good condition; [alimentos] to be fresh; [deportista] to be fit

    • estar en condiciones de o para hacer algo — [enfermo] to be well o fit enough to do sth; [deportista] to be fit (enough) to do sth

    la industria automovilística no está en condiciones de enfrentarse a la competencia — the car industry is not in a condition to face up to competition

    • estar en malas condiciones — [coche, libro, campo de juego] to be in bad condition

    el queso estaba en malas condiciones — the cheese had gone bad, the cheese was off

    b)

    • en condiciones — (=decente) proper

    c) (=cualidades)

    condiciones sanitarias — [de bar, restaurante] health requirements; [de hospital] sanitary conditions

    igualdad 1), inferioridad
    3) (=naturaleza) condition
    4) (=clase social) social background
    5) (=posición) position

    les pidieron algún documento acreditativo de su condición de pasajeros — they were asked for some documentary evidence proving that they were passengers

    * * *
    1) ( requisito) condition

    a condición or con la condición de que — on condition (that)

    las condiciones de un contrato — the terms o conditions of a contract

    2)
    a) (calidad, situación)

    su condición de extranjero le impide participar — as o being a foreigner he is not allowed to take part

    b) ( naturaleza) condition
    c) ( clase social) condition (dated), class
    d) (Med) condition
    3) condiciones femenino plural (estado, circunstancias) conditions (pl)

    estar en perfectas condiciones — coche/mueble to be in perfect condition; persona to be in good shape

    estar en condiciones de jugar/trabajar — to be fit to play/work

    4) condiciones femenino plural ( aptitudes) talent
    * * *
    = provision, requirement, state, status, stipulation, proviso, rider, condition, stamp, stripe, station in life.
    Ex. Chapter 9 considered the provisions for selecting headings for added entries.
    Ex. The most appropriate type of abstract must be chosen in accordance with the requirements of each individual application.
    Ex. Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.
    Ex. AACR2 assigns this main entry status to the person who is chiefly responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work.
    Ex. The city fathers endorsed this project with the stipulation that a librarian or 'book-lover' should be available to assist patrons.
    Ex. The term thesaurus will be used here to denote such lists, with the proviso that this is strictly speaking a misuse of the term.
    Ex. This latter point is born out in a survey of the information needs of Californians, which, in affirming the existence of such needs, added the rider that Californians 'do not always perceive these needs to be related to information'.
    Ex. He was laid upon the bed and upon examination his head was found in a terrible condition, swelled and bruised from the effect of sandbag blows.
    Ex. The new heir apparent is probably a man of a very different stamp.
    Ex. The field of computational linguistics is exciting insomuch as it permits linguists of different stripes to model language behaviour.
    Ex. Each of us -- no matter what our politics, our religion, our race, or our station in life -- must search his conscience for the answer to that question.
    ----
    * aceptar las condiciones = agree + terms.
    * a condición de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), providing (that), as long as.
    * área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.
    * bajo ciertas condiciones = under certain conditions.
    * buena condición física = physical fitness.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * condición de búsqueda = search requirement.
    * condición de estado = statehood.
    * condición de estar apto para volar = airworthiness.
    * condición deplorable = dismaying condition.
    * condiciones = specifications, terms, terms and conditions, physical conditions, walks (of/in) life.
    * condiciones ambientales = environmental conditions, ambient conditions.
    * condiciones atmosféricas = atmospheric conditions.
    * condiciones climáticas = climatic conditions.
    * condiciones contractuales = terms and conditions.
    * condiciones de adquisición = obtainability conditions.
    * condiciones de adquisición y/o precio = terms of availability and/or price.
    * condiciones de almacenamiento = storage conditions.
    * condiciones de la licencia = licence terms, licence terms and conditions.
    * condiciones del contrato de trabajo = terms of employment.
    * condiciones de trabajo = working conditions.
    * condiciones de uso = terms of use.
    * condiciones de venta = terms of sale.
    * condiciones de vida = living conditions.
    * condiciones económicas = economic conditions.
    * condiciones físicas = physical conditions.
    * condiciones iguales para todos = level playing field.
    * condiciones inhumanas = inhumane conditions.
    * condiciones laborales = working conditions, occupational conditions, work conditions, work life.
    * condiciones laborales de calidad = quality of work life (QWL).
    * condiciones legales de uso = legal boilerplate.
    * condiciones medioambientales = environmental conditions.
    * condiciones metereológicas = weather conditions.
    * condiciones metereológicas extremas = severe weather, severe weather conditions.
    * condiciones sociales = walks (of/in) life.
    * condición física = physical shape.
    * condición humana = human nature.
    * condición humana, la = human condition, the.
    * condición previa = precondition [pre-condition].
    * condición social = social condition, station in life.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * cumplir la condición de la búsqueda = match + request specification.
    * cumplir las condiciones para = be eligible for.
    * cumplir una condición = meet + condition, satisfy + condition, fill + requirement.
    * daño producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.
    * destrozo producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en igualdad de condiciones = other things being equal, on equal terms, one of equals, ceteris paribus, in a tie, on an equal footing, on an equal basis, all (other) things being equal.
    * en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.
    * en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.
    * en malas condiciones = in poor condition, in bad condition, in bad shape, in poor shape.
    * establecer una condición = specify + requirement.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.
    * imponer una condición = place + limitation.
    * mantener la condición (de) = retain + Posesivo + status (as).
    * mejora de las condiciones laborales = horizontal ladder.
    * negociar condiciones = negotiate + terms.
    * que reúne las condiciones = qualified.
    * reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.
    * reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.
    * reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms, in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sin condiciones = unconditionally.
    * sin condiciones especiales = with no strings attached.
    * términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.
    * términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.
    * tratamiento por condiciones = condition approach.
    * * *
    1) ( requisito) condition

    a condición or con la condición de que — on condition (that)

    las condiciones de un contrato — the terms o conditions of a contract

    2)
    a) (calidad, situación)

    su condición de extranjero le impide participar — as o being a foreigner he is not allowed to take part

    b) ( naturaleza) condition
    c) ( clase social) condition (dated), class
    d) (Med) condition
    3) condiciones femenino plural (estado, circunstancias) conditions (pl)

    estar en perfectas condiciones — coche/mueble to be in perfect condition; persona to be in good shape

    estar en condiciones de jugar/trabajar — to be fit to play/work

    4) condiciones femenino plural ( aptitudes) talent
    * * *
    = provision, requirement, state, status, stipulation, proviso, rider, condition, stamp, stripe, station in life.

    Ex: Chapter 9 considered the provisions for selecting headings for added entries.

    Ex: The most appropriate type of abstract must be chosen in accordance with the requirements of each individual application.
    Ex: Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.
    Ex: AACR2 assigns this main entry status to the person who is chiefly responsible for the creation of the intellectual or artistic content of a work.
    Ex: The city fathers endorsed this project with the stipulation that a librarian or 'book-lover' should be available to assist patrons.
    Ex: The term thesaurus will be used here to denote such lists, with the proviso that this is strictly speaking a misuse of the term.
    Ex: This latter point is born out in a survey of the information needs of Californians, which, in affirming the existence of such needs, added the rider that Californians 'do not always perceive these needs to be related to information'.
    Ex: He was laid upon the bed and upon examination his head was found in a terrible condition, swelled and bruised from the effect of sandbag blows.
    Ex: The new heir apparent is probably a man of a very different stamp.
    Ex: The field of computational linguistics is exciting insomuch as it permits linguists of different stripes to model language behaviour.
    Ex: Each of us -- no matter what our politics, our religion, our race, or our station in life -- must search his conscience for the answer to that question.
    * aceptar las condiciones = agree + terms.
    * a condición de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), providing (that), as long as.
    * área del número normalizado y de las condiciones de adquisición = International Standard Book Number and terms of availability area, standard number and terms of availability area.
    * bajo ciertas condiciones = under certain conditions.
    * buena condición física = physical fitness.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * condición de búsqueda = search requirement.
    * condición de estado = statehood.
    * condición de estar apto para volar = airworthiness.
    * condición deplorable = dismaying condition.
    * condiciones = specifications, terms, terms and conditions, physical conditions, walks (of/in) life.
    * condiciones ambientales = environmental conditions, ambient conditions.
    * condiciones atmosféricas = atmospheric conditions.
    * condiciones climáticas = climatic conditions.
    * condiciones contractuales = terms and conditions.
    * condiciones de adquisición = obtainability conditions.
    * condiciones de adquisición y/o precio = terms of availability and/or price.
    * condiciones de almacenamiento = storage conditions.
    * condiciones de la licencia = licence terms, licence terms and conditions.
    * condiciones del contrato de trabajo = terms of employment.
    * condiciones de trabajo = working conditions.
    * condiciones de uso = terms of use.
    * condiciones de venta = terms of sale.
    * condiciones de vida = living conditions.
    * condiciones económicas = economic conditions.
    * condiciones físicas = physical conditions.
    * condiciones iguales para todos = level playing field.
    * condiciones inhumanas = inhumane conditions.
    * condiciones laborales = working conditions, occupational conditions, work conditions, work life.
    * condiciones laborales de calidad = quality of work life (QWL).
    * condiciones legales de uso = legal boilerplate.
    * condiciones medioambientales = environmental conditions.
    * condiciones metereológicas = weather conditions.
    * condiciones metereológicas extremas = severe weather, severe weather conditions.
    * condiciones sociales = walks (of/in) life.
    * condición física = physical shape.
    * condición humana = human nature.
    * condición humana, la = human condition, the.
    * condición previa = precondition [pre-condition].
    * condición social = social condition, station in life.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * cumplir la condición de la búsqueda = match + request specification.
    * cumplir las condiciones para = be eligible for.
    * cumplir una condición = meet + condition, satisfy + condition, fill + requirement.
    * daño producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.
    * destrozo producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en igualdad de condiciones = other things being equal, on equal terms, one of equals, ceteris paribus, in a tie, on an equal footing, on an equal basis, all (other) things being equal.
    * en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.
    * en las mejores condiciones posibles = in the best possible conditions.
    * en malas condiciones = in poor condition, in bad condition, in bad shape, in poor shape.
    * establecer una condición = specify + requirement.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.
    * imponer una condición = place + limitation.
    * mantener la condición (de) = retain + Posesivo + status (as).
    * mejora de las condiciones laborales = horizontal ladder.
    * negociar condiciones = negotiate + terms.
    * que reúne las condiciones = qualified.
    * reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.
    * reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.
    * reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms, in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sin condiciones = unconditionally.
    * sin condiciones especiales = with no strings attached.
    * términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.
    * términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.
    * tratamiento por condiciones = condition approach.

    * * *
    A (requisito) condition
    las condiciones del contrato the terms o conditions of the contract
    se rindieron sin condiciones they surrendered unconditionally
    a condiciónor con la condición de que on condition (that)
    aceptó con la condición de que le aumentaran el sueldo he accepted on condition (that) they increased his salary
    te lo presto a condición de que me lo devuelvas mañana I'll lend it to you as long as o provided (that) o providing (that) you give it back tomorrow
    Compuestos:
    fpl terms of delivery (pl)
    fpl terms of payment (pl)
    fpl conditions of sale (pl)
    truth condition
    sine qua non ( frml)
    dominar el inglés es condición sine qua non para el puesto a thorough knowledge of English is an essential requirement o a sine qua non for the job
    B
    1
    (calidad, situación): en su condición de sacerdote as a priest
    en su condición de jefe de la delegación in his capacity as head of the delegation
    en su condición de diplomático tiene inmunidad as a diplomat, he has immunity, his diplomatic position o status gives him immunity
    su condición de empleado de la empresa le impide participar en el concurso as o being an employee of the company, he is not permitted to enter the competition
    2 (naturaleza) condition
    la condición femenina the feminine condition
    3 (clase social) condition ( dated), class
    un hombre de condición humilde a man of humble condition o origins
    una persona de su condición someone of your status o class
    Compuesto:
    la condición humana the human condition
    C condiciones fpl (estado, circunstancias) conditions (pl)
    viven en condiciones infrahumanas they are living in subhuman conditions
    condiciones meteorológicas weather conditions
    competir en las mismas condiciones to compete on the same terms
    las condiciones económicas son favorables para la inversión economic conditions are o the economic climate is favorable for investment
    [ S ] refrigerar para conservar en óptimas condiciones refrigerate to keep (product) at its best
    está en perfectas condiciones it is in perfect condition
    la carne estaba en malas condiciones the meat was unfit for consumption, the meat was bad o ( BrE) off
    se lo dejaremos todo en condiciones we will leave it in good order
    todo tiene que estar en condiciones para el comienzo del curso everything must be ready o in order for the beginning of the school year
    devolvieron la casa en pésimas condiciones they left the house in a terrible condition o state
    condiciones DE + INF:
    estará en condiciones de jugar el lunes he will be fit to play on Monday
    no estoy en condiciones de hacer un viaje tan costoso I can't afford such an expensive trip, I am not in a position to go on such an expensive trip
    no estás en condiciones de venir con exigencias you are not in a position to come making demands
    Compuestos:
    ● condiciones de trabajo or laborales
    fpl working conditions (pl)
    fpl living conditions (pl)
    tiene condiciones para la música she has a talent o flair for music
    no tiene condiciones para ese trabajo he is not suited to o ( colloq) cut out for that job
    * * *

     

    condición sustantivo femenino
    1 ( requisito) condition;

    a condición or con la condición de que on condition (that);
    acepto con una condición I accept on one condition;
    me puso una condición she made one condition
    2
    a) (calidad, situación):


    en su condición de jefe de la delegación in his capacity as head of the delegation


    3
    ◊ condiciones sustantivo femenino plural

    a) (estado, circunstancias) conditions (pl);

    ◊ condiciones de trabajo/de vida working/living conditions;

    estar en perfectas condiciones [coche/mueble] to be in perfect condition;

    [ persona] to be in good shape;


    (de correr, viajar,jugar) to be fit to do sth



    ( para un trabajo) to be suited for sth
    condición
    I sustantivo femenino
    1 (requisito) condition: te lo presto con la condición de que lo cuides, I lend you it on the condition that you look after it
    2 (situación social) status: es de condición humilde, he has a humble background
    3 (calidad) acudió en condición de ministro, he came in his capacity as minister
    II fpl 1 condiciones (circunstancias) conditions: las condiciones de trabajo son pésimas, working conditions are terrible
    no está en condiciones de exigir, he isn't in a position to demand anything
    2 (estado) condition
    en buenas/malas condiciones, in good/bad condition
    3 (aptitudes) talent: tiene muchas condiciones para la danza, she has a talent for dancing
    ' condición' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adherencia
    - carácter
    - cuanta
    - cuanto
    - expresa
    - expreso
    - hacer
    - humildad
    - humilde
    - salvedad
    - si
    - siempre
    - calidad
    - cumplir
    - dependencia
    - franquicia
    - mientras
    - solo
    English:
    average
    - be
    - condition
    - deterioration
    - fellow
    - form
    - fulfil
    - fulfill
    - if
    - on
    - physical condition
    - precondition
    - prerequisite
    - provided
    - proviso
    - rider
    - shape
    - state
    - stiff
    - subject
    - understanding
    - stipulation
    * * *
    1. [término, estipulación] condition;
    para votar es condición ser mayor de edad in order to vote you have to be of age;
    poner condiciones to set conditions;
    con la o [m5] a condición de que on condition that;
    con una sola condición on one condition;
    sin condiciones unconditional;
    las condiciones de un contrato the terms of a contract;
    condiciones acostumbradas/convenidas usual/agreed terms
    condiciones de entrega terms of delivery;
    condiciones de pago payment terms, terms of payment;
    tener experiencia con Esp [m5] ordenadores o Am [m5] computadores es condición sine qua non para obtener este trabajo a knowledge of computers is essential for this job;
    condiciones de venta conditions of sale
    2. [estado] condition;
    en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition;
    tiró la leche porque estaba en malas condiciones she threw the milk away because it was off;
    deseamos participar en condiciones de igualdad we want to participate on equal terms;
    estar en condiciones de o [m5] para hacer algo [físicamente] to be in a fit state to do sth;
    [por la situación] to be in a position to do sth;
    no estar en condiciones [carne, pescado] to be off;
    [vivienda] to be unfit for living in; [instalaciones] to be unfit for use;
    no están en condiciones de exigir demasiado they are not in a position to make too many demands;
    la sala no reúne las condiciones necesarias para que se celebre el concierto the hall does not meet the necessary requirements for the concert to be held there;
    en tres días me dejaron la moto en condiciones they fixed my motorbike for me in just three days;
    no estaba en condiciones de jugar he wasn't fit to play
    3.
    condiciones [circunstancias] conditions
    condiciones atmosféricas weather conditions;
    condiciones de trabajo working conditions;
    condiciones de vida living conditions
    4. [clase social] social class;
    de condición humilde of humble circumstances;
    en la manifestación había gente de toda condición there were people of every description at the demonstration
    5. [naturaleza] nature;
    la condición femenina/humana the feminine/human condition;
    mi condición de mujer… the fact that I am a woman…
    6. [calidad] capacity;
    en su condición de abogado in his capacity as a lawyer;
    en su condición de parlamentario, tiene derecho a un despacho as an MP, he has the right to an office;
    su condición de monarca no le permite opinar sobre ese asunto as the monarch, he is not permitted to express an opinion on this matter
    7. [aptitud]
    es un abogado de excelentes condiciones he's an extremely able lawyer;
    tiene condiciones para la pintura she has a gift for painting;
    no tiene condiciones para estudiar medicina he's not good enough to study medicine
    * * *
    f
    1 condition;
    a condición de que on condition that;
    condición previa precondition;
    sin condiciones with no conditions attached
    :
    estar en condiciones de be in a position to;
    condición física physical condition;
    estar en buenas/malas condiciones be in good/bad condition;
    * * *
    condición nf, pl - ciones
    1) : condition, state
    2) : capacity, position
    3) condiciones nfpl
    : conditions, circumstances
    condiciones de vida: living conditions
    * * *
    condición n condition / state

    Spanish-English dictionary > condición

  • 12 ἐκ

    ἐκ, before a vowel [full] ἐξ, also
    A

    ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ Inscr.Cypr. 135.5

     H., in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before ς ξ ζ ρ and less freq. λ ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ν ; Cret. and [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἐς Leg.Gort.2.49, Corinn.Supp.2.67 ; ἐχ freq. in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, IG12.304.20) ; also ἐ Ναυπάκτω ib.9(1).334.8 ([dialect] Locr.) ; (ἐτ is for ἐπὶ in ib 9(2).517.14 (Thess.)):—Prep. governing GEN. only (exc. in Cypr. and Arc., c. dat., Inscr.Cypr.135.5 H. ([place name] Idalium), (in form ἐς) IG5(2).6.49 (Tegea, iv B.C.)):—radical sense, from out of, freq. also simply, from.
    I OF PLACE, the most freq. usage, variously modified:
    1 of Motion, out of, forth from,

    ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης Il.1.269

    , cf.Pl.Prt. 321c, etc. ;

    μάχης ἔκ Il.17.207

     ;

    ἂψ ἐκ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν 24.288

     ; ἐξ ὀχέων, ἐξ ἕδρης, 3.29, 19.77 ;

    φεύγειν ἐκ πολέμοιο 7.119

     ;

    ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων ἐλθεῖν X.Cyr.6.2.9

     ;

    ἐκ χειρῶν γέρας εἵλετο Il.9.344

    , cf. S.Ph. 1287 (but ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν or παίειν to strike with a spear in the hand, opp. ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, X.An.3.3.15, Cyr.4.3.16 ; ἐκ χειρὸς τὴν μάχην ποιεῖσθαι ib.6.2.16, cf. 6.3.24, etc.) ; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν ib.5.3.3 ;

    ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ὠνεῖσθαι Pl.Com.190

    .
    3 to denote change or succession, freq. with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, Il.19.290 ;

    ἐκ φόβου φόβον τρέφω S.Tr.28

     ; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, Pl. Sph. 224b, Plt. 289e ;

    λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν D.18.313

     ;

    πόρους ἐκ πόρων ὑπισχνούμενοι Alciphr.1.8

     ;

    ἀπαλλάττειν τινὰ ἐκ γόων S.El. 291

     ;

    ἐκ κακῶν πεφευγέναι Id.Ant. 437

     : hence, instead of,

    τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος Id.OT 454

     ;

    λευκὴν..ἐκ μελαίνης ἀμφιβάλλομαι τρίχα Id.Ant. 1093

     ;

    ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς D.18.131

    , cf. X. An.7.7.28, etc.
    5 of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, Il.14.130, etc. ; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, Od.19.7 ; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, 15.272 ; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, Hdt.3.83 ; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, Id.2.142; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, Id.5.24 ; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, S.OC 113.
    6 with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος..πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, Il.5.4 ; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river ( with water from the river), Od.6.224 : freq. with Verbs signifying hang or fasten, σειρήν..ἐξ οὐρανόθεν κρεμάσαντες having hung a chain from heaven, Il.8.19 ; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, Od.8.67 ; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing, 12.51 ;

    μαχαίρας εἶχον ἐξ ἀργυρέων τελαμώνων Il.18.598

     ; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, S.Aj. 1030, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [ by a rein] upon her arm, Hdt.5.12 : with Verbs signifying hold, lead, ἐξ ἐκείνων ἔχειν τὰς ἐλπίδας to have their hopes dependent upon them, Th.1.84 ; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, Bion Fr.7.2 ; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι ib.6.2 ;

    ἐκ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαμβάνεσθαι Luc.Asin.23

     : with the Art. indicating the place of origin, οἱ ἐκ τῶν νήσων κακοῦργοι the robbers of the islands, Th.1.8, cf. 2.5, 13 ; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, Pl. Ap. 32b ; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, D.18.169 ;

    ἁρπασόμενοι τὰ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν X.Cyr.7.2.5

     ;

    οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου ἔθεον Id.An. 4.6.25

     : even with Verbs of sitting or standing, εἰσεῖδε στᾶσ' ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο from Olympus where she stood, Il.14.154 ; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, S.Ant. 411 ;

    στὰς ἐξ ἐπάλξεων ἄκρων E.Ph. 1009

     ; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, Theoc.22.40 : phrases, ἐκ δεξιᾶς, ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the right, left, X.Cyr.8.3.10, etc.; οἱ ἐξ ἐναντίας, οἱ ἐκ πλαγίοὐ ib.7.1.20 ; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opp. ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, D.18.301.
    II OF TIME, elliptic with Pron. relat. and demonstr., ἐξ οὗ [ χρόνου] since, Il.1.6, Od.2.27, etc.; in apod., ἐκ τοῦ from that time, Il.8.296 ;

    ἐκ τούτου X.An.5.8.15

    , etc. (but ἐκ τοῖο thereafter, Il.1.493, and ἐκ τούτων or ἐκ τῶνδε usu. after this, X.Mem.2.9.4, S.OT 235) ;

    ἐξ ἐκείνου Th.2.15

     ; ἐκ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) for a long time, Id.1.68, etc.;

    ἐκ πλέονος χρόνου Id.8.45

     ; ἐκ πλείστου ib.68 ; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, Id.2.11 (but also a short time since, Plu.Caes.28) ;

    ἐκ παλαιοῦ X.Mem.3.5.8

     ;

    ἐκ παλαιτάτου Th.1.18

    .
    2 of particular points of time,

    ἐκ νεότητος..ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86

     ;

    ἐκ γενετῆς 24.535

     ; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, Pl.Grg. 510d, R. 374c, etc.;

    ἐκ μικροῦ παιδαρίου D.53.19

     ;

    ἐξ ἀρχῆς A.Eu. 284

    , etc.; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, Il.5.865; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather, 16.365 ;

    ἐκ δὲ αἰθρίης καὶ νηνεμίης συνδραμεῖν ἐξαπίνης νέφεα Hdt.1.87

     ; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, ib.50, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, X.An.4.6.21 ; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, Th. 1.120 ;

    γελάσαι ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν δακρύων X.Cyr.1.4.28

     ;

    κάλλιστον ἦμαρ εἰσιδεῖν ἐκ χείματος A.Ag. 900

     ;

    τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκ Διονυσίων πλόϊμον εἶναι Thphr.Char.3.3

     ; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, Plu. Nic.20.
    3 at, in,

    ἐκ νυκτῶν Od.12.286

     ;

    ἐκ νυκτός X.Cyr.1.4.2

    , etc.;

    ἐξ ἡμέρας S.El. 780

     ;

    ἐκ μέσω ἄματος Theoc.10.5

     ; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, X.Smp.4.56, Pl.Lg. 709e.
    III OF ORIGIN,
    3 of Place of Origin or Birth,

    ἐκ Σιδῶνος..εὔχομαι εἶναι Od.15.425

    , cf. Th.1.25, etc.;

    ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί Ev.Jo.8.23

    ; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, Arist.Ath.4.4, etc. ;

    οἱ ἐκ τῆς διατριβῆς ταύτης Aeschin.1.54

     ; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, Luc.Pisc.43 ; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, Ath.1.34b ;

    οἱ ἐκ πίστεως Ep.Gal.3.7

     ;

    οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας Ep.Rom.2.8

    .
    4 of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, Il.1.63,2.197, cf. Od.1.33, A.Pers. 707, etc.; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, Od.16.447 ; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, Hdt.2.148 ; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, Plot.6.1.21 ;

    ὕμνος ἐξ Ἐρινύων A.Eu. 331

     (lyr.) ;

    ἡ ἐξ ἐμοῦ δυσβουλία S.Ant.95

     ;

    ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ πόθος Id.Tr. 631

    .
    5 with the agent after [voice] Pass. Verbs, by, Poet. and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, Il.2.669 ; κήδε' ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός ib. 70;

    προδεδόσθαι ἐκ Πρηξάσπεος Hdt.3.62

    ;

    τὰ λεχθέντα ἐξ Ἀλεξάνδρου Id.7.175

    , cf. S.El. 124 (lyr.), Ant.93, Th.3.69, Pl.Ti. 47b;

    ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀμφισβητήσεται Id.Tht. 171b

    ;

    ὁμολογουμένους ἐκ πάντων X.An.2.6.1

     ;

    τὰς ἐκ θεῶν τύχας δοθείσας S.Ph. 1316

    , cf. Pl.Ly. 204c : with neut. Verbs,

    ἐκ..πατρὸς κακὰ πείσομαι Od.2.134

    , cf. A.Pr. 759 ;

    τλῆναί τι ἔκ τινος Il.5.384

     ;

    θνήσκειν ἔκ τινος S.El. 579

    , OT 854, etc.;

    τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.1.1

    .
    8 freq. as periphr. for Adv.,

    ἐκ προνοίας IG12.115.11

     ; ἐκ βίας by force, S.Ph. 563 ;

    ἐκ δόλου Id.El. 279

     ;

    ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν Pl.R. 499a

     : esp. with neut. Adjs., ἐξ ἀγχιμόλοιο, = ἀγχίμολον, Il.24.352 ;

    ἐκ τοῦ ἐμφανέος Hdt.3.150

    ; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, Th.4.106, 6.73 ;

    ἐκ προδήλου S.El. 1429

     ; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, Id.Tr. 485, Th.2.3 ;

    ἐξ ἀέλπτου Hdt.1.111

    , etc.: with fem. Adj.,

    ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης Id.3.127

     ;

    ἐκ νέης Id.5.116

     ;

    ἐξ ὑστέρης Id.6.85

     ;

    ἐκ τῆς ἀντίης Id.8.6

     ;

    ἐκ καινῆς Th.3.92

     ;

    ἐξ ἑκουσίας S.Tr. 727

     ; ἐκ ταχείας ib. 395.
    9 of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, E.Or. 1178, Pl.Grg. 500a, Smp. 213b ; distributively, apiece, Ath.15.671b.
    c of Weight,

    ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου Inscr.Prien.362

     (iv B.C.).
    B ἐκ is freq. separated from its CASE, Il.11.109, etc.—It takes an accent in anastrophe, 14.472, Od.17.518.—[dialect] Ep. use it with Advbs. in -θεν, ἐξ οὐρανόθεν, ἐξ ἁλόθεν, ἐξ Αἰσύμηθεν, Il.17.548, 21.335, 8.304 ;

    ἐκ Διόθεν Hes.Op. 765

     ;

    ἐκ πρῴρηθεν Theoc.22.11

    .—It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ.
    C IN COMPOS. the sense of removal prevails ; out, away, off.
    2 to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος.
    D As ADVERB, therefrom, Il.18.480.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐκ

  • 13 padre

    adj.
    1 incredible, tremendous (informal). (peninsular Spanish)
    se armó el lío padre there was a terrible o huge fuss
    fue el cachondeo padre it was a great laugh
    2 great. (Mexican Spanish)
    está muy padre it's really great o fantastic
    3 parent.
    4 neat, super.
    m.
    1 father (man).
    de padre y muy señor mío (informal) incredible, tremendous
    padre de familia head of the family
    padre político father-in-law
    2 father (religion).
    Santo padre Holy Father, Pope
    padre espiritual confessor
    Padres de la Iglesia Fathers of the Christian Church
    3 priest, father.
    * * *
    1 father
    3 Padre RELIGIÓN Father
    1 parents
    \
    no tener ni padre, ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre to be all alone in the world
    ¡su (tu etc) padre! familiar and the same to you!
    padre de familia head of the family
    padre espiritual confessor
    padre político father-in-law
    el Santo Padre the Holy Father, the Pope
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) (=progenitor) father; (Zool) father, sire

    Gutiérrez padre — Gutiérrez senior, the elder Gutiérrez

    de padre y muy señor mío —

    una paliza de padre y muy señor mío — an almighty thrashing, the father and mother of a thrashing

    padre de familia — family man; (Jur) head of a household

    2) pl padres (=padre y madre) parents
    3) (Rel) father

    Padre Nuestro — Lord's Prayer, Our Father

    4) [de disciplina] father
    5) *

    ¡mi padre! — you don't say! *

    ¡tu padre! — up yours! **

    ¡eres mi padre! — you're a marvel!

    2.
    ADJ * (=enorme) huge
    * * *
    I
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    me di or me llevé un susto padre — I got a hell of a fright (colloq)

    un escándalo padre — an almighty o a terrible fuss

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) <coche/persona> great (colloq), fantastic
    II
    1) ( pariente) father

    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre — to be all alone in the world

    2) (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    3) Padre ( Dios)
    * * *
    = father, dad.
    Ex. A patronymic is the name derived from the given name of the father, often by the addition of a suffix.
    Ex. Tuan is his new father figure after his real dad sadly died after being poorly for a long time.
    ----
    * Asociación de Madres y Padres de Alumnos (AMPA) = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * asociación de padres = parents' association.
    * asociación de padres de alumnos = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * de los padres = parental.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.
    * formación de padres = parenting, parenting education.
    * madre o padre adoptivo = foster parent.
    * madre o padre biológico = biological parent.
    * madre o padre de nacimiento = birth parent.
    * madre o padre natural = birth parent.
    * madre or padre adoptivo = adoptive parent.
    * padre adoptivo = foster father, adoptive father.
    * padre biológico = biological father.
    * padre de familia = pater familias, family man.
    * padre de nacimiento = birth father.
    * padre fundador = founding father.
    * padre natural = birth father.
    * padres = parents.
    * padres adoptivos = adopted parents.
    * padres biológicos = biological parents.
    * padre soltero = single father.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * sueño de los padres = hand-me-down dream.
    * * *
    I
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    me di or me llevé un susto padre — I got a hell of a fright (colloq)

    un escándalo padre — an almighty o a terrible fuss

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) <coche/persona> great (colloq), fantastic
    II
    1) ( pariente) father

    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre — to be all alone in the world

    2) (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    3) Padre ( Dios)
    * * *
    = father, dad.

    Ex: A patronymic is the name derived from the given name of the father, often by the addition of a suffix.

    Ex: Tuan is his new father figure after his real dad sadly died after being poorly for a long time.
    * Asociación de Madres y Padres de Alumnos (AMPA) = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * asociación de padres = parents' association.
    * asociación de padres de alumnos = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * de los padres = parental.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.
    * formación de padres = parenting, parenting education.
    * madre o padre adoptivo = foster parent.
    * madre o padre biológico = biological parent.
    * madre o padre de nacimiento = birth parent.
    * madre o padre natural = birth parent.
    * madre or padre adoptivo = adoptive parent.
    * padre adoptivo = foster father, adoptive father.
    * padre biológico = biological father.
    * padre de familia = pater familias, family man.
    * padre de nacimiento = birth father.
    * padre fundador = founding father.
    * padre natural = birth father.
    * padres = parents.
    * padres adoptivos = adopted parents.
    * padres biológicos = biological parents.
    * padre soltero = single father.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * sueño de los padres = hand-me-down dream.

    * * *
    1 ( fam) (grande) terrible ( colloq)
    nos dimos or nos llevamos un susto padre we got a hell of a o a terrible fright ( colloq)
    se armó un escándalo padre there was an almighty o a terrible fuss
    2 [ ESTAR] ( Méx fam); ‹coche/película/persona› great ( colloq), fantastic
    ¡qué padre! great!
    A (pariente) father
    mis padres my parents
    cada uno es/era de su padre y de su madre they are/were all different
    le pegó una paliza de padre y (muy) señor mío he gave him the thrashing of his life, he gave him a terrible o an almighty beating
    un dolor de cabeza de padre y (muy) señor mío a terrible o an almighty o ( colloq) a splitting headache
    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre to be all alone in the world
    Compuestos:
    father, family man
    ( Hist) hero of the nation
    los padres de la patria (fundadores) the founding fathers, the founders of the nation
    veo que los padres de la patria acaban de votarse otro aumento ( iró) (diputados) I see our esteemed leaders have awarded themselves another salary increase ( iro)
    B ( Relig) (sacerdote) father
    el padre Miguel Father Miguel
    Compuesto:
    confessor
    C
    Padre (Dios): el Padre the Father
    Dios Padre God the Father
    * * *

     

    padre sustantivo masculino
    1 ( pariente) father;

    padre de familia father, family man
    2 (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    ■ adjetivo
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) ‹coche/persona› great (colloq), fantastic

    padre
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 father
    (creador, inventor) el padre de la nueva ciencia, the father of modern science
    2 Rel father
    II adj fam huge: le cayó una bronca padre, he got a tremendous telling-off
    ♦ Locuciones: darse/pegarse la vida padre, to live like a king
    Recuerda que el plural de father se refiere únicamente al sexo masculino. Para referirnos al padre y a la madre de alguien hay que usar la palabra parent. Por tanto, la pregunta ¿qué tal tus padres? debe traducirse por how are your parents?
    ' padre' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aciaga
    - aciago
    - acordarse
    - adoptiva
    - adoptivo
    - afectar
    - aire
    - algo
    - balanza
    - cargar
    - clavada
    - clavado
    - como
    - como quiera
    - comoquiera
    - conectar
    - contabilidad
    - creer
    - dar
    - deferencia
    - derrumbarse
    - desastre
    - descalificar
    - descubrir
    - detalle
    - devoción
    - difunta
    - difunto
    - espíritu
    - estibador
    - estibadora
    - falsificar
    - gafar
    - gaita
    - heredar
    - igual
    - imagen
    - impresionar
    - introducir
    - llevarse
    - mal
    - negocio
    - nuestra
    - nuestro
    - oriunda
    - oriundo
    - parecerse
    - progenitor
    - progenitora
    - reciente
    English:
    abuse
    - ageing
    - anathema
    - and
    - appendicitis
    - assignment
    - born
    - borrow
    - brass
    - cover
    - day
    - disobey
    - father
    - fatherless
    - fracture
    - image
    - interfere
    - late
    - let
    - over
    - parent
    - resemblance
    - reverend
    - senior
    - single parent
    - take after
    - who
    - admission
    - aware
    - bidding
    - fit
    - go
    - her
    - his
    - just
    - look
    - man
    - my
    - neat
    - our
    - papa
    - parenthood
    - paternal
    - single
    - take
    - their
    - -to-be
    - vaguely
    - your
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [pariente] father;
    Cervantes es el padre de la novela moderna Cervantes is the father of the modern novel;
    Emilio padre Emilio senior;
    Fam Fam
    de padre y muy señor mío incredible, tremendous;
    Esp Fam
    hacer padre a alguien to make sb a happy man
    Fam
    ¡tu padre! sod you!;
    Fam Hum
    no tener padre ni madre ni perrito que le ladre to be without o not to have a friend in the world
    padre de familia head of the family;
    padre de la patria founding father;
    padre político father-in-law;
    padre soltero single parent
    2. [sacerdote] father
    padre espiritual confessor; Rel Padres de la Iglesia Fathers of the Christian Church; Rel padre nuestro Lord's Prayer
    3. Rel
    el Padre the Father
    ♦ adj inv
    Fam
    1. Esp [tremendo] incredible, tremendous;
    se armó el lío padre there was a terrible o huge fuss;
    fue el cachondeo padre it was a great laugh
    2. Méx [genial] great, fantastic;
    esa canción está muy padre that song is really great o fantastic;
    ¡ay qué padre! hey, that's great o fantastic!
    ♦ padres nmpl
    1. [padre y madre] parents
    2. [antepasados] forefathers, ancestors;
    las tradiciones de nuestros padres the traditions of our forefathers o ancestors
    * * *
    m father;
    REL el Padre Martin Father Martin;
    padres pl parents;
    ¡qué padre! Méx brilliant!
    * * *
    padre adj, Mex fam : fantastic, great
    padre nm
    1) : father
    2) padres nmpl
    : parents
    * * *
    padre n father

    Spanish-English dictionary > padre

  • 14 पञ्चन् _pañcan

    पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.]
    -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth.
    -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य).
    -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185.
    -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21.
    -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance.
    -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divi- sions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle.
    -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (
    -ङ्गी) a bit for horses.
    -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts.
    -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas)
    -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥
    -4 a calendar or almanac, so called be- cause it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propiti- ousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology).
    -अङ्गिक a. five-membered.
    -अङ्गुल a. (
    -ला or
    -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (
    -लः) the castor-oil plant.
    -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य.
    -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9.
    -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38.
    -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस.
    -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients.
    -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं).
    -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु).
    -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2.
    -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron).
    -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury.
    - अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.).
    -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below.
    -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-five.
    -अहः a period of five days.
    - आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41.
    -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body).
    -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva.
    -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a.
    -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (
    -नी) an epithet of Durgā.
    -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.
    -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य.
    -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्).
    -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥).
    -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य).
    -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.
    -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups.
    -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115.
    -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving stre- nutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥
    -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth.
    -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर).
    -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण).
    -कृत्वस् ind. five times.
    -कृष्णः A kind of game. (
    -ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान.
    -कोणः a pentagon.
    -कोलम् the five spices taken collec- tively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ).
    -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi.
    -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas.
    -2 N. of the city, Banares.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds.
    -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power.
    -गवम् a collection of five cows.
    -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च).
    -गु a. bought with five cows.
    -गुण a. five-fold. (
    -णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (
    -णी) the earth.
    -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head).
    -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas.
    -घातः (in music) a kind of mea- sure.
    -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five.
    -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara.
    -जनः 1 a man, man- kind.
    -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2.
    -3 the soul.
    -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17.
    -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (
    -नी) an assemblage of five persons.
    -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (
    -नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9.
    -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge.
    -2 a man familiar with the doc- trines of the Pāśupatas.
    -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters.
    -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.
    -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन.
    -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9.
    -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and pri- mary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध).
    -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5.
    -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (
    -यः) a pentad.
    -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च.
    -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth.
    -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five.
    -दश a.
    1 fifteenth.
    -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'.
    -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen.
    ˚अहः a period of fifteen days.
    -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen.
    -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fort- night (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146.
    -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य).
    -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥
    -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥
    -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements.
    -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177.
    -2 an elephant.
    -3 a turtle.
    -4 a lion or tiger.
    -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa.
    -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum).
    -दा (pl.) the people of this country.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-five.
    -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root).
    -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf).
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five.
    -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115.
    -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections
    -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow).
    -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only.
    -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively.
    -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels.
    -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर).
    -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य.
    -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥
    -पित्तम् the bile of five ani- mals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock).
    -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest).
    -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान.
    -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple.
    -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen.
    -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला.
    -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु.
    -बाहुः N. of Śiva.
    -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2.
    -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज.
    -भद्र a.
    1 having five good qualities.
    -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.).
    -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks.
    -4 vicious.
    -द्रः a kind of pavilion.
    -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9.
    -भुज a. pentagonal.
    (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण.
    -2 N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश.
    -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र.
    -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2).
    -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54.
    -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ.
    -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B.
    -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.).
    -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298.
    -मास्य a. happening every five months.
    -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.)
    -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा.
    -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.).
    -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚.
    -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम्...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥
    -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष).
    -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी).
    -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24.
    -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas.
    -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada.
    -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11.
    -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.).
    -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also.
    -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल.
    -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs.
    -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra.
    -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron).
    -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead.
    -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत).
    -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक.
    -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34.
    -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five.
    -2 the five essential elements of the body.
    -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27.
    -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ.
    -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154.
    -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old.
    -वर्षीय a. five years old.
    -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस.
    -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī.
    -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years.
    -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage).
    -विंश a. twenty-fifth.
    -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53.
    -विंशतिः f. twenty-five.
    -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका.
    -विध a. five- fold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157.
    -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2.
    -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold.
    -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65.
    -शत a. amounting to five hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five.
    -2 five hundred.
    -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49.
    -2 an elephant.
    -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga.
    -शिखः a lion.
    -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh.
    -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्).
    -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-five.
    -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें).
    -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five.
    -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष.
    -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc.
    -सिद्धौषधयः the five medi- cinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी.
    -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥.
    -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68.
    -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c.
    -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि).
    -हायन a. five years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पञ्चन् _pañcan

  • 15 קדש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קדש

  • 16 קָדַש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קָדַש

  • 17 χάρις

    χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; ins, pap; Zech 4:7; 6:14; EpArist 272, pl. 230.—B-D-F §47, 3; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας• καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις … οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν ‘the [deities] Charites are so called from χαρά [joy], for poets freq. equate χάρις with χαρά’. Cp. the wordplay AcPl Ha 8, 7 χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος the house was filled with gaiety and gratitude.).
    ① a winning quality or attractiveness that invites a favorable reaction, graciousness, attractiveness, charm, winsomeness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231) of human form and appearance παῖς λίαν εὐειδής ἐν χάριτι an exceptionally fine-looking and winsome youth AcPl Ha 3, 13. Of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I A.D.], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208) οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι let your conversation always be winsome Col 4:6 (cp. Plut., Mor. 514f; s. also HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below); prob. also GJs 7:3 (s. 3b).
    ② a beneficent disposition toward someone, favor, grace, gracious care/help, goodwill (almost a t.t. in the reciprocity-oriented world dominated by Hellenic influence [cp. e.g. OGI 669, 29] as well as by the Semitic sense of social obligation expressed in the term חֶסֶד [NGlueck, Das Wort ḥesed in alttestamentlichen Sprachgebrauche etc. 1927]. Of a different order and spirit is the subset of reciprocity known as Roman patronage, in which superiority of the donor over the client is clearly maintained)
    ⓐ act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. not otherwise obligatory χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Κλαυδίου χάριτι OGI 669, 29) Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the beneficent intention of God (cp. χ. in reference to God: Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; SibOr 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezk. Trag. 162 [Eus., PE 9, 29, 12].—χ. to denote beneficent dispensations of the emperor: OGI 669, 44 [I A.D.]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II A.D.] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to people; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24. Cp. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6abc; Gal 1:15 (διά A 3e); Eph 1:6f (KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cp. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; s. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 100–103); 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. ἐν χάρ[ιτι θεοῦ] AcPl Ha 7, 23 (restoration uncertain). κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (cp. Pla., Leg. 740c; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The beneficence or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cp. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. On Ac 2:47 in this sense s. TAnderson, NTS 34, ’88, 604–10.
    ⓑ pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47 (cp. 2a end; cp. Pind., O. 7, 89f χάριν καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων grant him respect in the presence of his townfolk as well as strangers); παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cp. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; GJs 11:2 (JosAs 15:14). ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52 (an indication of exceptional ἀρετή, cp. Pind. above). Cp. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32–34; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cp. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s. Wetter [5 below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor or wins a favorable response fr. God 1 Pt 2:19, 20.
    ⓒ In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, 1927, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38–40; 76–82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Goodsp., Probs. 141f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (sc. εἴη; New Docs 8, 127f) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv 1:4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl ins. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3 (on the triplet cp. En 5:7 φῶς καὶ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη).—At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 23 (24) v.l.; 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ἔσται ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον GJs 25:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.
    ③ practical application of goodwill, (a sign of) favor, gracious deed/gift, benefaction
    ⓐ on the part of humans (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αἰτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. suggests [political] favor, someth. one does for another within a reciprocity system. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla; ApcSed 8:1 οὐκ ἐποίησάς μοι χάριν=you did me no favor). ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind. et al., but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J-M s.v. χάρις IV; cp. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double; but s. comm.). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19 (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 101). Cp. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cp. Plut., Mor. 514e χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below).
    ⓑ on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine favor as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of favor that is dispensed, or a favored status (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a gracious deed wrought by God in Christ, or a gracious work that grows fr. more to more (so in contrast to the old covenant Mel., P. 3, 16 al.). God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10, i.e. God, who is noted for any conceivable benefit or favor; cp. B 21:9.—χάριν διδόναι τινί show favor to someone (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): τὸν δόντα αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν GJs 14:2. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; without a dat. Js 4:6a (Menand., Epitr. 231 S. [55 Kö.]). Perh. καὶ ἔβαλλε κύριος … χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν GJs 7:3 (but s. 1 above). The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fullness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs. 16 (ἀντί 2). Cp. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this favor (of God) we now enjoy Ro 5:2 (Goodsp.).—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (divine beneficence in conversion); cp. Ac 11:23; 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s gracious deed); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gift that spells life; s. ζωή 2bα); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in their release from legal constraint Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The proclamation of salvation is the message of divine beneficence τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the gospel message can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cp. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom (God’s) favor is shown Hb 10:29 (AArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/49, 26f).—Pl. benefits, favors (Diod S 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4 [ins of I B.C.] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort ḥesed etc. 1927, but s. FAndersen, ‘Yahweh, the Kind and Sensitive God’: God Who is Rich in Mercy, ed. PO’Brien/DPeterson ’86.
    ④ exceptional effect produced by generosity, favor. Of effects produced by divine beneficence which go beyond those associated with a specific Christian’s status (ins μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεου: FCumont, Syria 7, 1926, 347ff), in the congregations of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cp. vs. 8; in Rome AcPl Ha 7, 8. The Christian confessor is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10ab (for the subject matter cp. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from what is divine. [For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings into view a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1b. On this subj. s. Wetter [5 below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap in the GLumbroso Festschr. 1925, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Just., D. 87, 5 ἀπὸ χάριτος τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ πνεύματος). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18; cp. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the Christian confessor or martyr w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s. 1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.
    ⑤ response to generosity or beneficence, thanks, gratitude (a fundamental component in the Gr-Rom. reciprocity system; exx. fr. later times: Diod S 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13. Cp. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phlb. 54d; Ath. 2, 1; PLips 104, 14 [I B.C.] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, 1923, 439–43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to appropriate respone to the Deity for benefits conferred (Hom., Pind., Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208) χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy 113, 13 [II A.D.] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.—Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ …, ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 v.l. (to humans). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (B-D-F §128, 6; cp. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II A.D.] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap since III B.C..—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). πλησθῆναι χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος AcPl Ha 8, 7. S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, diss., Marburg 1908; GWetter, Charis 1913; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan Festschr. 1920, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack Festgabe 1921, 93–101; EBurton, Gal ICC 1921, 423f; WWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: ZST 10, ’33, 642–80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. Syn. Ev.: ibid. 328–48; JWobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283–310 (Paul); HBoers, Ἀγάπη and Χάρις in Paul’s Thought: CBQ 59, ’97, 693–713; on 2 Cor 8: FDanker, Augsburg Comm. 2 Cor, 116–34; PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: SR 18, 1928, 87–108, Christent. u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402–30; JMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97–102; Dodd 61f; TTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost. Fathers, ’48; JRenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340–50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137–54; DDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163–80.—B. 1166. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χάρις

  • 18 רדף

    רָדַף(b. h.) to run: to pursue. Gen. R. s. 44 רָדַפְתִּי מלכיםוכ׳ I pursued the kings to Damascus. Ab. Zar.75a שמימיו רוֹדְפִין (Ms. M. רדופין), v. infra. Snh.VIII, 7 הרוֹדֵף אחר חבירווכ׳ he that runs after his fellowman with murderous intention. Ib. 74a רודף שהיה רודף אחר רודףוכ׳ a pursuer who runs after a pursuer in order to save him (prevent him from murder); a. fr.Pes.114a אכול בצל … ולבך רודף עליך Ms. M. 1 (ed. ויהא לבךוכ׳, Ms. M. 2 רדוף) eat onion and sit in the shade (v. צֵל), rather than eat goose and chicken with thy heart within thee running (being restless and greedy).Part. pass. רָדוּף; f. רְדוּפָה a) quick, rapid. Ab. Zar.75a מעיין שמימיו רְדוּפִין Ms. M. (ed. רודפין) a spring whose waters run rapidly; (Y. ib. V, end, 45b נהר שמימיו מהלכין).b) anxious, longing. Tosef.Yeb.VI, 6 הרי שהיתהר׳ לילךוכ׳ if the wife (at the time of her husbands death) has been following her desire to go on a visit to her parental home; Yeb.42b. Keth.71b כאן בר׳וכ׳ in the one case it means when she is anxious to go home (during her first year of married life) Ib. ככלה … ור׳ לילךוכ׳ like a bride that has been found perfect in her husbands paternal home, and is anxious to go home and tell ; Pes.87a.רגל (ה)רְדוּפִין the first festival after marriage. Y. ib. VIII, 35d top איזהו רגל הר׳ … שאביה רוֹדְפָהּוכ׳ which festival is ‘the festival of the anxious?… The first festival after marriage, when her father urges her to go back to her husbands house. Ib. לא הלכה … רגלר׳ if she did not go home for the first festival, may the second festival be considered ‘the festival of the anxious (with regard to her partaking of the fathers Passover meal)? Cant. R. to VIII, 9 בת מלכים …ר׳ר׳ a princess that went to observe the first festival at her fathers house; a. e. Nif. נִרְדַּף to be pursued, chased, persecuted. Snh. l. c. בין של רודף בין של נִרְדָּףוכ׳ whether he broke the vessels of the pursuer (in his attempt to prevent him from murder) or those of the pursued. Lev. R. s. 27 (ref. to Koh. 3:15) לעולם … הנִרְדָּפִין מן הרודפין at all times the Lord requires the blood of the pursued at the hands of the pursuers; הבל נ׳ מפני קיןוכ׳ Abel was pursued by Cain, and the Lord chose Abel ; ib. לא תקריבו … אלא מן הנרדפין bring me no offerings from among the pursuers (beasts of prey), but from among the pursued; Pesik. Shor, p. 76a>, sq.; a. fr. Pi. רִדֵּף to pursue, strive after. Y.Snh.III, beg.21a מתוך שביררו מְרַדֵּף זכותו because he has chosen him as arbiter, he will advocate his (clients) claim.

    Jewish literature > רדף

  • 19 רָדַף

    רָדַף(b. h.) to run: to pursue. Gen. R. s. 44 רָדַפְתִּי מלכיםוכ׳ I pursued the kings to Damascus. Ab. Zar.75a שמימיו רוֹדְפִין (Ms. M. רדופין), v. infra. Snh.VIII, 7 הרוֹדֵף אחר חבירווכ׳ he that runs after his fellowman with murderous intention. Ib. 74a רודף שהיה רודף אחר רודףוכ׳ a pursuer who runs after a pursuer in order to save him (prevent him from murder); a. fr.Pes.114a אכול בצל … ולבך רודף עליך Ms. M. 1 (ed. ויהא לבךוכ׳, Ms. M. 2 רדוף) eat onion and sit in the shade (v. צֵל), rather than eat goose and chicken with thy heart within thee running (being restless and greedy).Part. pass. רָדוּף; f. רְדוּפָה a) quick, rapid. Ab. Zar.75a מעיין שמימיו רְדוּפִין Ms. M. (ed. רודפין) a spring whose waters run rapidly; (Y. ib. V, end, 45b נהר שמימיו מהלכין).b) anxious, longing. Tosef.Yeb.VI, 6 הרי שהיתהר׳ לילךוכ׳ if the wife (at the time of her husbands death) has been following her desire to go on a visit to her parental home; Yeb.42b. Keth.71b כאן בר׳וכ׳ in the one case it means when she is anxious to go home (during her first year of married life) Ib. ככלה … ור׳ לילךוכ׳ like a bride that has been found perfect in her husbands paternal home, and is anxious to go home and tell ; Pes.87a.רגל (ה)רְדוּפִין the first festival after marriage. Y. ib. VIII, 35d top איזהו רגל הר׳ … שאביה רוֹדְפָהּוכ׳ which festival is ‘the festival of the anxious?… The first festival after marriage, when her father urges her to go back to her husbands house. Ib. לא הלכה … רגלר׳ if she did not go home for the first festival, may the second festival be considered ‘the festival of the anxious (with regard to her partaking of the fathers Passover meal)? Cant. R. to VIII, 9 בת מלכים …ר׳ר׳ a princess that went to observe the first festival at her fathers house; a. e. Nif. נִרְדַּף to be pursued, chased, persecuted. Snh. l. c. בין של רודף בין של נִרְדָּףוכ׳ whether he broke the vessels of the pursuer (in his attempt to prevent him from murder) or those of the pursued. Lev. R. s. 27 (ref. to Koh. 3:15) לעולם … הנִרְדָּפִין מן הרודפין at all times the Lord requires the blood of the pursued at the hands of the pursuers; הבל נ׳ מפני קיןוכ׳ Abel was pursued by Cain, and the Lord chose Abel ; ib. לא תקריבו … אלא מן הנרדפין bring me no offerings from among the pursuers (beasts of prey), but from among the pursued; Pesik. Shor, p. 76a>, sq.; a. fr. Pi. רִדֵּף to pursue, strive after. Y.Snh.III, beg.21a מתוך שביררו מְרַדֵּף זכותו because he has chosen him as arbiter, he will advocate his (clients) claim.

    Jewish literature > רָדַף

  • 20 पितृ _pitṛ

    पितृ m. [पाति रक्षति, पा-तृच् नि˚] A father; तेनास लोकः पितृमान् विनेत्रा R.14.23;1.24;11.67.
    -रौ (dual) Parents, father and mother; जगतः पितरौ वन्दे पार्वतीपरमे- श्वरौ R.1.1; Y.2.117.
    -रः (pl.)
    -1 Fore-fathers, ancestors, fathers; नूनं प्रसूतिविकलेन मया प्रसिक्तं धौताश्रुशेष- मुदकं पितरः पिबन्ति Ś.6.24.
    -2 Paternal ancestors taken collectively; अध्यापयामास पितॄन् शिशुराङ्गिरसः कविः Ms.2.151.
    -3 The Manes; R.2.16;3.2; पितॄणामर्यमा चास्मि Bg. 1.29; Ms.3.81,192.
    -Comp. -अर्जित a. acquired by a father, paternal (as property).
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम्, -क्रिया oblations or sacrifice offerd to deceased ancestors, obsequial rites; स्वधाकारः परा ह्याशीः सर्वेषु पितृकर्मसु Ms.3.252.
    -कल्पः 1 performance of the Śrāddha cere- mony in honour of the Manes.
    -2 Brahma's day of new moon.
    -काननम् a cemetery; अभ्यभावि भरताग्रजस्तया वात्य- येव पितृकाननोत्थया R.11.16.
    -कुल्या N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountain.
    -क्षयः the death anniversary; आनन्त्याय भवेद् दत्तं खड्गमांसं पितृक्षये Mb.13.88.1.
    -गणः 1 the whole body of ancestors taken collectively.
    -2 a class of Manes or deceased progenitors who were sons of the Prajāpati; मनोर्हैरण्यगर्भस्य ये मरीच्यादयः सुताः । तेषा- मृषीणां सर्वेषां पुत्राः पितृगणाः स्मृताः ॥ विराट्सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः । अग्निष्वात्ताश्च देवानां मारीचा लोकविश्रुताः ॥ Ms.3. 194-195.
    -गणा N. of of Durgā.
    -गामिन् a. devolving on, or belonging to a father.
    -गृहम् 1 a paternal mansion.
    -2 a cemetery, burial-ground.
    -घातकः, -घातिन्, -घ्नः m. a parricide.
    -तर्पणम् 1 an oblation to the Manes.
    -2 the act of throwing water out of the right hand (as at the time of ablutions) as an offering to the Manes or deceased ancestors; नित्यं स्नात्वा शुचिः कुर्याद् देवर्षिपितृतर्पणम् Ms.2.176.
    -3 sesamum.
    -4 gifts given at Srāddhas or funeral rites.
    -5 the part of the hand between the thumb and the fore-finger (sacred to the Manes).
    -तिथिः f. the day of new-moon (अमावास्या).
    -तीर्थम् 1 N. of the place called Gayā where the performance of funeral rites, such as Srāddhas in honour of the Manes, is held to be parti- cularly meritorious.
    -2 the part of the hand between the fore-finger and the thumb (considered to be sacred to the Manes).
    -त्रयम् father, grand-father and great grand-father.
    -दत्त a. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property).
    -दानम् an offering to the Manes.
    -दायः patrimony.
    -दिनम् the day of new-moon (अमावास्या).
    -देव a.
    1 worshipping a father.
    -2 relating to the worship of the Manes. (
    -वाः) the divine Manes.
    -दे(दै)वत a.
    1 presided over by the Manes.
    -2 relating to the worship of the Manes. (
    -तम्) N. of the tenth lunar mansion (मघा).
    -दे(दै)वत्य a. belonging to the worship of the Manes. (
    -त्यम्) a sacrifice offered to the Manes on the day called अष्टका; अष्टकापितृदेवत्यमित्ययं प्रसृतो जनः Rām.2.18.14.
    -द्रव्यम् patrimony; पितृद्रव्याविरोधेन यदन्यत् स्वयमर्जितम् Y.2.118.
    -पक्षः 1 the paternal side, paternal relationship.
    -2 a relative by the father's side.
    -3 'the fortnight of the Manes'; N. of the dark half of Bhādrapada which is particularly appointed for the celebration of obsequial rites to the Manes.
    -पतिः an epithet of Yama.
    -पदम् the world of the Manes.
    -पितृ m. a paternal grand- father.
    -पुत्रौ (
    पिता-पुत्रौ dual) father and son. (पितुः पुत्रः means 'the son of a well-known and renowned father').
    -पूजनम् worship of the manes; पतिव्रता धर्म- पत्नी पितृपूजनतत्परा Ms.3.262.
    -पैतामह a. (
    -ही f.) inhe- rited from ancestors, ancestral, hereditary. (
    -हाः pl.) ancestors.
    -प्रसूः f.
    1 a paternal grand-mother.
    -2 evening twilight; तारावलीराजतबिन्दुराजत् पितृप्रसूभासुरपत्रपाश्यः, वियद्द्विपस्तिष्ठति Rām. Ch.6.38.
    -प्राप्त a.
    1 inherited from a father.
    -2 inherited patrimonially.
    -बन्धुः a kinsman by the father's side; they are:- पितुः पितुःस्वसुः पुत्राः पितुर्मातुःस्वसुः सुताः । पितुर्मातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेयाः पितृबन्धवः ॥ (
    न्धुम् n.) relationship by the father's side.
    -भम् The Maghā star; Śabda Ch.
    -भक्त a. dutifully attached to a father.
    भक्तिः f. filial duty.
    -भोजनम् food offered to the Manes.
    -भ्रातृ m. a father's brother, paternal uncle.
    -मन्दिरम् 1 a paternal mansion.
    -2 a cemetery.
    -मेधः a sacrifice offered to the Manes, obsequial offerings; गुरोः प्रेतस्य शिष्यस्तु पितृमेधं समाचरन् Ms.5.65; Mb.16.7.23.
    -यज्ञः 1 obsequial offerings.
    -2 offering libations of water every day to the deceased ancestors, it is one of the five daily Yajñas enjoined to be per- formed by a Brāhmaṇa; पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् Ms.3.1; also 122,283.
    -यानम् the way of the Manes (to their world).
    -राज् m.,
    -राजः, -राजन् m. an epithet of Yama.
    -रूपः an epithet of Siva.
    -लोकः the world of the Manes.
    -वंशः the paternal family.
    -वनम् 1 a ceme- tery; वसन् पितृवने रौद्रे शौचे वर्तितुमिच्छसि Mb.12.111.9.
    -2 death, the abode of death; सर्वे पितृवनं प्राप्य स्वपन्ति विगतज्वराः Mb.11.3.5. (पितृवनेचरः
    1 a demon, goblin.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva).
    -वसतिः f.,
    -सद्मन् n. a ceme- tery; त्रिलोकनाथः पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.
    -वासरपर्वन् the period of performing the obsequious rites for the Manes; Gaṇeśa P.2.
    -व्रतः a worshipper of the Manes. (
    -तम्) obsequial rites.
    -श्राद्धम् obsequial rites in honour of a father or deceased ancestor.
    -स्वसृ f. (also पितृष्वसृ as well as पितुः स्वसृ or पितुःष्वसृ) a father's sister; Ms.2.131.
    -ष्वस्रीयः a paternal aunt's son.
    -संनिभः a. fatherly, paternal.
    -सूः 1 a paternal grandmother.
    -2 evening twilight.
    -स्थानः, -स्थानीयः a guardian (who is in the place of a father).
    -नम् The abode of death; see पितृवन; आनिन्यथुः पितृस्थानाद् गुरवे गुरुदक्षिणाम् Bhāg.1.85.32.
    -हत्या parricide.
    -हन् m. a parricide.
    -हू m. the right ear; पितृहूर्नृप पुर्या द्वार्दक्षिणेन पुरञ्जनः Bhāg.4.25.5.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पितृ _pitṛ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • FROM THE DESTRUCTION TO ALEXANDER — the restoration ezra nehemiah The Restoration The destruction of the Temple constituted a double crisis. Not only were the people cast off the land but the Divine Presence departed from Jerusalem (Ezek. 10:19; 11:23). Once the city was bereft of… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Science and mathematics from the Renaissance to Descartes — George Molland Early in the nineteenth century John Playfair wrote for the Encyclopaedia Britannica a long article entitled ‘Dissertation; exhibiting a General View of the Progress of Mathematics and Physical Science, since the Revival of Letters …   History of philosophy

  • List of characters from The Sopranos — The characters from the HBO series, The Sopranos that are friends or family of the Sopranos. Contents 1 Soprano family blood relations 1.1 Domenica Nica Baccalieri 1.2 Anthony Tony B. Blundetto …   Wikipedia

  • List of characters from The Sopranos - friends and family — The following is a listing of fictional characters from the HBO series, The Sopranos that are friends or family of the Sopranos. oprano family blood relationsDomenica Baccalieri*Played by: Kimberly Laughlin and Brianna Laughlin *Appears in:… …   Wikipedia

  • The Blessed Trinity —     The Blessed Trinity     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity     This article is divided as follows:          I. Dogma of the Trinity;     II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture;     III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Incarnation —     The Incarnation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation     I. The Fact of the Incarnation     (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ     A. Old Testament Proofs     B. New Testament Proofs     C. Witness of Tradition     (2) The Human… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Banned from the Bible — is a documentary television series produced by FilmRoos in 2003 for the A E Network that originally aired on the History Channel as Time Machine: Banned from the Bible in 2003. [ [http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0438503/ IMDB listing] ] [… …   Wikipedia

  • The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Rosary —     The Rosary     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Rosary     I. IN THE WESTERN CHURCH      The Rosary , says the Roman Breviary, is a certain form of prayer wherein we say fifteen decades or tens of Hail Marys with an Our Father between each ten,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»